Promise Technology Musical Instrument 15110 User Manual
VTRAK 15110  
USER MANUAL  
Version 1.1 / SR5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 1: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1  
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1  
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2  
Architectural Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5  
Chapter 2: Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7  
Unpack the VTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7  
Mount VTrak 15110 in a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8  
Install Disk Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9  
Serial ATA Disk Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12  
Parallel ATA Disk Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13  
Drive Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14  
Verify the SCSI HBA Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15  
Connect the SCSI Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16  
SCSI Terminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17  
Connect the Management Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22  
Management Port Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22  
RS-232 Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22  
Macintosh Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23  
Connect the Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23  
Set-up Management Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25  
Terminal Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25  
Set IP Addresses and Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26  
Set Up Telnet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29  
Enable Telnet on VTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29  
Make a Telnet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30  
Install WebPAM PRO Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33  
Utility Server Installation Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33  
CIMOM Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34  
Internet Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35  
Before you start… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35  
Install WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35  
Chapter 3: Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
VTrak Setup with WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
Log-in to WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
Add a Subsystem (VTrak) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46  
Access a Subsystem (VTrak) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46  
Create a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15100 User Manual  
Create a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54  
Assign a SCSI Target ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55  
Log-out of WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56  
Internet Connection using WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56  
VTrak Setup with the CLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57  
CLU Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57  
Create a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58  
Create a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62  
Assign a SCSI Target ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63  
Exit the CLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
VTrak Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Drive Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66  
Audible Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Log-in/Log-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Log-in to WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Log-out of WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70  
Subsystem Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Add a Subsystem (VTrak) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Subsystem User Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Access a Subsystem (VTrak) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73  
Subsystem Management Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
View Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
Delete a Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76  
User Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Add a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Delete a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83  
Manage User Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83  
Change Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85  
Setup Email Alert Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86  
Software Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88  
Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
TFTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Refresh Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Restart Tomcat Service (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Subsystem Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Connection Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94  
User Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94  
VTrak Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Lock Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Subsystem Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
MP/PDM Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96  
SCSI Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
LUN Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
TID Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98  
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99  
Network Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99  
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99  
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Service Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Controller List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Enclosure List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105  
FRU VPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105  
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106  
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106  
Physical Drive List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107  
Physical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108  
Disk Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110  
Disk Array List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110  
Create a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111  
Delete Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116  
Disk Array Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117  
Disk Array Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119  
Create Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120  
Delete Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121  
Background Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121  
Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122  
Logical Drive List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123  
Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15100 User Manual  
Logical Drive LUN Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126  
Logical Drive Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Spare Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Spare Drive List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Create a Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Delete a Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Logical Drive Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130  
Logical Drive List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130  
Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
VTrak Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
Drive Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134  
Audible Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136  
Alarm Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136  
CLU Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
Telnet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
Exit the CLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139  
How to use the CLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140  
CLU Function Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142  
Controller Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
View Controller Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
Modify Controller Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
VPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Enclosure Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151  
Fan Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151  
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151  
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152  
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152  
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152  
Physical Drive Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154  
View Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155  
Enable/Disable Write Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155  
Wipe Out Boot Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156  
Wipe Out Reserve Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156  
Blink LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157  
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
I/O Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158  
Disk Array Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160  
Disk Array Auto Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161  
Create New Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162  
Delete Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164  
Disk Array Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164  
PDM Auto Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169  
Logical Drive Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172  
Network Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173  
Management Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173  
Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174  
TFTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176  
SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176  
Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178  
SCSI Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180  
Channel TID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180  
RAID Console LUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181  
Maintenance Menu (Disk Array Operations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182  
Maintenance Activity Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183  
Migrate Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183  
Manual Rebuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184  
Event Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188  
Chapter 6: Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189  
Firmware Update – WebPAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190  
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190  
Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191  
Firmware Update – CLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192  
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192  
Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192  
Firmware Update – Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194  
Firmware Image File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194  
Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194  
Replace Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196  
Replace Cooling Unit Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197  
Replace Cache Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202  
Replace SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204  
Replace RAID Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15100 User Manual  
Chapter 7: Technology Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207  
Introduction to RAID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207  
Choosing a RAID Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214  
Choosing Stripe Block Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217  
Gigabyte Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217  
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217  
Hot Spare Drive(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218  
Partition and Format the Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218  
Cache Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219  
RAID Level Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223  
VTrak is Beeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223  
CLU Reports a Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223  
WebPAM PRO Reports a Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224  
LEDs Display Amber or Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226  
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226  
Drive Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228  
Back of Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229  
Event Notification Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230  
Critical & Offline Disk Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234  
Enclosure Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235  
Connection Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239  
Chapter 9: Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241  
Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241  
Contacting Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245  
Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248  
Returning Product For Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249  
Appendix A: Serial Connector Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251  
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1: Introduction  
•
•
•
•
About This Manual, page 1  
Overview, page 2  
Architectural Description, page 3  
Features and Benefits, page 3  
Thank you for purchasing Promise Technology’s VTrak external disk array  
subsystem.  
About This Manual  
This User Manual describes how to setup, use and maintain the VTrak 15110  
external disk array subsystem. It also describes how to use the built-in command-  
line utility (CLU) and Web-based Promise Array Management—Professional  
(WebPAM PRO) software.  
This manual includes a full table of contents, index, chapter task lists and  
numerous cross-references to help you find the specific information you are  
looking for.  
Also included are four levels of notices:  
Note  
A Note provides helpful information such as hints or alternative  
ways of doing a task.  
Important  
An Important calls attention to an essential step or point required  
to complete a task. Important items include things often missed.  
Caution  
A Caution informs you of possible equipment damage or loss of  
data and how to avoid them.  
Warning  
A Warning notifies you of probable equipment damage or loss of  
data, or the possibility of physical injury, and how to avoid them.  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Overview  
VTrak provides data storage solutions for applications where high performance  
and data protection are required. The failure of any single drive will not affect data  
integrity or accessibility of the data in a RAID protected logical drive.  
Drive Carrier LEDs  
PROMISE  
VTrak 15300  
Power and Status LEDs  
Drive Carriers  
Figure 1. VTrak 15110 front view  
A defective drive may be replaced without interruption of data availability to the  
host computer. If so configured, a hot spare drive will automatically replace a  
failed drive, securing the fault-tolerant integrity of the logical drive. The self-  
contained hardware-based RAID logical drive provides maximum performance in  
a compact external chassis.  
Storage Enclosure  
Processor (SEP)  
RAID Controller  
Power Supply  
Cooling Unit  
with Battery  
Cooling Unit Power Supply  
Figure 2. VTrak 15110 rear view  
The VTrak 15110 is an external disk array subsystem with a capacity of fifteen  
individual Serial ATA or (parallel) ATA disk drives.  
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1: Introduction  
The two standard LVD SCSI interface provides compatibility with any system that  
uses a SCSI interface. No vendor unique commands are required for the  
operation of the VTrak subsystem.  
Architectural Description  
The VTrak 15110 is a Direct Attached Storage (DAS) subsystem that can also  
function in a Storage Area Network (SAN). It consists of 15 disk drive bays, a 3U  
enclosure with mid-plane, RAID controller, power and cooling units, and  
enclosure processor all in one cable-less chassis design. Multiple fans and  
power supplies provide redundancy to ensure continued usage during  
component failure. The RAID controller is hardware based and controls all logical  
drive functions transparently to the host system. VTrak appears to the computer’s  
operating system as a standard SCSI drive or drives.  
Features and Benefits  
Feature  
Benefit  
3U 19-inch wide enclosure  
Installs easily in any standard rackmount.  
Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 3, 5, 10 Allows system to be tuned for maximum  
and 50  
performance.  
Supports online logical drive  
(array) expansion  
Lets you add disk drives to an existing  
logical drive without interrupting data  
accessibility  
Supports online RAID migration  
Allows you to convert a logical drive from  
one RAID level to another without  
interrupting data accessibility  
Supports Parallel ATA drives (with Allows you to use existing ATA disk drives.  
a Promise adapter card)  
Supports logical drive migration  
Allow you to seamlessly move your existing  
from other Promise RAID products logical drives to VTrak without recreating  
them.  
S.M.A.R.T. monitoring  
Warns of disk drive degradation and  
potential failure.  
Dual-channel standard SCSI-3  
(Ultra 160) drive to host  
Compatible with all SCSI-3 or SCSI-2/LVD  
host adapters. No special OS drivers used.  
Up to 20K IOPS (over two iSCSI  
ports)  
High processing rate.  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Feature  
Benefit  
High data thoughput.  
Up to 200 MB/sec sustained  
bandwidth (over two iSCSI ports)  
Hardware-assisted XOR engine  
High-speed parity calculation for parity type  
logical drives.  
Supports out-of-band management Allows you to manage the RAID subsystem  
through RS232 and 10/100 BaseT while maximizing bandwidth on the iSCSI  
Ethernet connections  
network.  
Supports SNMP (v1) CIM and  
WBEM standards  
API-ready for enterprise management  
integration.  
Tagged command queuing up to  
256 commands  
Maximum performance in Multi-Threaded  
Operating Systems.  
Supports SATA II Native Command High performance and efficiency through  
Queuing efficient command re-ordering.  
Hot-swap feature for drive carriers, Allows a defective component to be  
power supplies, fans and battery  
replaced without interrupting data  
accessibility to the host system.  
Tool-less field-replaceable units  
(FRUs)  
All FRUs can be replaced without tools,  
saving time and effort for support personnel.  
Hot-spare drives  
Maintains full fault tolerant integrity by  
automatically rebuilding the data from a  
failed drive to an installed hot spare drive.  
Supports multiple, designated and global  
spares.  
Automatic background data  
reconstruction when a drive is  
replaced  
Logical drive is quickly back on-line with  
minimal user intervention.  
Redundant, hot-swappable cooling Load sharing and full operation even with  
units  
multiple failed fans.  
N+1 Redundant, hot-swappable  
power supplies  
Load sharing and full operation even with a  
failed power supply.  
Redundant SCSI ports  
Load sharing and full operation even with a  
failed SCSI port.  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1: Introduction  
Feature  
Cluster support  
Benefit  
Supports two-node server clusters for  
performance and availability.  
Complete cable-less design  
Cache battery backup  
All components easily plug directly into  
boards. No cables to complicate setup or  
maintenance.  
72-hour backup for controller cache to retain  
data in case of power failure.  
Command-line and Graphic-user  
interfaces  
Choice of control and monitoring methods  
for greater flexibility.  
Specifications  
Drive Capacity: 15 SATA and PATA disk drives (3.5" x 1" form factor only)  
External I/O Ports: Dual Ultra 160 SCSI with 68-pin VHDCI connections  
Sustained Throughput: Up to 200 MBps (over two iSCSI ports)  
Sustained I/Os: Up to 20,000 I/Os per second  
Data Cache: Up to 512MB predictive data cache with automatic write cache  
destaging and 72-hour battery backup protection (256 MB, standard)  
Supported RAID Levels:  
•
•
RAID 0  
RAID 5  
•
•
RAID 1  
•
•
RAID 3  
RAID 10  
RAID 50  
Any combination of these RAID levels can exist at once on separate logical  
drives. See page 207 for more information on RAID.  
RAID Flexibility: Configurable RAID stripe size – 4,8,16,32 or 64 sectors per disk.  
Rebuild priority tuning: Adjustment of minimum I/O reserved for server use during  
rebuild.  
Hot-spares: Multiple global and designated hot spares.  
Maximum Disks & LUNs: 15 in any combination of RAID levels and drive types.  
Supported Disk Interfaces: Serial ATA (SATA), Parallel ATA (with optional  
Promise adapter).  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Supported Operating Systems:  
•
•
•
Windows 2000  
•
•
•
Mac OS X  
Windows XP Professional  
Windows 2003  
RedHat Linux  
SuSE Linux  
Current: 8 A @ 100 VAC; 4 A @ 200 VAC (max. rating with two power cords)  
Power Consumption: 440 watts  
Power Supply: Dual 500W, 100–240 VAC auto-ranging, 50–60 Hz, dual hot swap  
and redundant with PFC, N+1 design  
Thermal Output: 1590 BTU/hour (max current)  
Operating Temperature: 41° to 104°F (5° to 40°C)  
Non-operational Temperature: -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C)  
Relative Humidity: Maximum 90%  
Vibration: Random, 0.21 grms, 5 to 500Hz, 30Mins, X, Y, Z axis  
Management Tools: WebPAM Professional, Command Line Utility  
Management Interfaces: Ethernet, RS232 (Serial)  
Management Protocols: SNMP, SSL, WBEM, Telnet  
Notification: Email, audible, and visible alarms  
Dimensions: Height, 5.0 in (12.7 cm); Width, 17.6 in (44.8 cm); Depth, 26.0 in  
(66.0 cm)  
Weight: 66 lbs (30 Kg) without drives; Approximately 84 lbs (38 Kg) with 15 drives  
installed  
Safety Certifications: CE, FCC Class A, BSMI, VCCi, cUL, TUV, MIC  
Limited Warranty: 3 Years (See page 248 for details)  
FCC Statement  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and  
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that  
may cause undesired operation.  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 2: Installation  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unpack the VTrak storage subsystem (below)  
Mount VTrak 15110 in a Rack (page 8)  
Install Disk Drives (page 9)  
Verify the SCSI HBA Card (page 15)  
Connect the SCSI Cables (page 16)  
Connect the Management Cables (page 22)  
Connect the Power (page 23)  
Set-up Management Connections (page 25)  
Set Up Telnet Connection (page 29)  
Install WebPAM PRO Software (page 33)  
Unpack the VTrak  
The VTrak box contains the following items:  
•
•
•
•
•
VTrak Unit  
•
•
1.0m External VHDCI SCSI cables (2)  
Quick Start Guide  
Null Modem Cable  
SCSI Terminators (2)  
Left and right mounting rails  
Screws for disk drives  
(64 plus 4 spares)  
•
•
1.5m (4.9 ft) Power cords (2)  
CD with WebPAM PRO Software,  
User Manual and Quick Start Guide  
Warning  
The electronic components within the VTrak disk array are  
sensitive to damage from Electro-Static Discharge (ESD).  
Observe appropriate precautions at all times when handling the  
VTrak or its subassemblies.  
Important  
In order to work with VTrak, the SCSI Host Bus Adapter (HBA)  
card you select for the Host PC must meet requirements. See  
page 15.  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Mount VTrak 15110 in a Rack  
VTrak 15110  
Vertical Rack Post  
PROMISE VTrak15200  
Mounting Rail  
(included)  
Direct attach to post  
Figure 1. Rackmounted VTrak 15110  
The VTrak 15110 installs directly to the rack with or without using the supplied  
mounting rails.  
Rack front post  
VTrak subsystem  
Rack rear post  
VTrak attaching screw  
Rail adjustment screw  
Mounting  
Rail  
Back side  
of post  
Rail attaching screw  
(not included)  
Rail attaching screw  
(not included)  
Back side of post  
Figure 2. Mounting rail installation  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
If you plan to use the mounting rails, follow this procedure to install them:  
1. Attach one end of the rail to the back side of the rack’s front post.  
2. Reposition the adjusting screws as needed to fit the rail to the rack properly.  
3. Attach the other end of the rail to the back side of the rack’s rear post.  
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to attach the other rail.  
5. Square the rails in the rack and tighten the attaching screws.  
6. Set the VTrak onto the rails.  
7. Attach the VTrak to the rack’s front posts with the screws provided.  
Caution  
Do not pull or push the handles on the Power Supplies or the  
Controller units in order to move the VTrak. Hold the VTrak by the  
housing only.  
Install Disk Drives  
Before using the VTrak you must first populate it with Serial ATA (SATA) disk  
drives. You can also use Parallel ATA (PATA) disk drives with the optional SATA-  
to-PATA adapters available from Promise Technology. The VTrak 15110 can  
support up to fifteen disk drives and provide the RAID configurations listed below.  
See Chapter 7, page 207 for a complete explanation of RAID on VTrak.  
Number of disk drives  
RAID Configuration  
Minimum  
Maximum  
RAID 0  
RAID 1  
RAID 3  
RAID 5  
RAID 10  
RAID 50  
1
2
3
3
4
6
15  
2*  
15  
15  
14  
14  
* RAID 1 logical drives work in matched pairs. VTrak  
supports up to seven (7) RAID 1 logical drives.  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Important  
Before installing a Parallel ATA disk drive, be sure the jumpers on  
the disk drive are set for master operation. Never set a drive for  
slave operation.  
Note  
You can use disk drives of different manufacturers and sizes. In  
logical drives with different drive sizes, the drives are forced to  
equal the capacity of the smallest physical drive.  
Drive Carrier Latch Handle  
VTrak Chassis  
Figure 3. VTrak 15110 Disk Drive access  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 2: Installation  
To remove a Drive Carrier from the VTrak, pull the Drive Carrier Latch Handle  
and remove an unused Drive Carrier (see Figure 3).  
PATA Drive  
Mounting Holes  
PATA-to-SATA  
Adapter  
SATA Drive Mounting Holes  
Figure 4. Drive Carrier mounting holes  
Note that the Drive Carrier has several mounting holes (above). Those marked  
with a triangle are for disk drives.  
Caution  
Be sure to install the counter-sink screws supplied with the VTrak.  
Use of other types of screws can damage the adjacent drives.  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Serial ATA Disk Drives  
Serial ATA Disk Drive  
Figure 5. SATA Disk Drives mount at the front of the carrier  
1. Carefully lay the drive into the drive carrier at the front, so that the screw  
holes on the bottom line up.  
2. Insert the screws through the holes in the Drive Carrier and into the bottom  
of the disk drive (see Figure 4).  
•
•
•
Install only the screws supplied with the VTrak.  
Install four screws per drive.  
Snug each screw. Be careful not to over tighten.  
3. Reinstall the drive carrier into the VTrak chassis.  
4. Repeat these steps until all of your disk drives are installed.  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Parallel ATA Disk Drives  
In order to use Parallel ATA disk drives in VTrak, you must first install a PATA-to-  
SATA adapter available from Promise Technology.  
Parallel ATA  
Disk Drive  
PATA-to-SATA  
Adapter  
Figure 6. PATA Disk Drives require a PATA-to-SATA adapter  
1. Obtain the needed quantity of PATA-to-SATA adapters from your Promise  
distributor.  
2. Carefully lay the converter into the drive carrier, with the SATA connection  
facing forward (see Figure 5), so that the screw holes on the bottom line up  
(see Figure 3).  
3. Install the four screws that came with the adapter.  
4. Lay the carrier on a flat surface. Hold a disk drive in one hand and connect  
the power and data cables with the other.  
5. Carefully lay the drive into the carrier so that the screw holes on the bottom  
line up (see Figure 4).  
6. Insert Promise-supplied screws through the holes in the drive carrier and  
into the bottom of the disk drive.  
7. Slide the assembled drive carrier back into the chassis and press the handle  
forward to secure the Drive Carrier.  
8. Repeat these steps until all of your disk drives are installed.  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Caution  
If you plan to operate your VTrak with fewer than 15 disk drives,  
install all 15 Drive Carriers into the enclosure, to ensure proper  
airflow for cooling.  
Important  
Be sure each drive is securely fastened to its carrier. Proper  
installation ensures adequate grounding and minimizes vibration.  
Do not install drives with fewer than four screws.  
Note  
Previous array enclosures from Promise required you to latch the  
drive carrier handle in order to power the drive. VTrak uses the  
handle only to lock the carrier in place.  
Drive Numbering  
Each disk drive in VTrak is identified by a number used for creating and  
managing logical drives. VTrak numbers disk drives from left to right. Numbers a  
stamped above each drive bay for easy indentification.  
Drive 1  
Drive 15  
Figure 7. VTrak disk drives are numbered left to right  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Verify the SCSI HBA Card  
Data travels between the Host PC and the VTrak storage system through a SCSI  
connection. Therefore, the SCSI HBA card is an essential part of the Host PC  
and VTrak system.  
The table below lists the minimum and preferred specifications for a SCSI HBA  
card.  
Minimum  
80 MB/s  
32-bit  
Preferred  
160 MB/s  
64-bit  
Data Transfer Rate  
PCI Bus  
PCI-X Bus  
no  
yes  
External Connector  
Cable Interface  
Supports LUNs  
68-pin HD*  
LVD  
68-pin VHDCI  
LVD  
yes  
yes  
* Requires use of a 68-pin HD to 68-pin VHDCI SCSI cable  
(available from Promise Technology).  
Refer to your system and/or SCSI HBA manual for these specifications.  
VTrak has a peak sustained thoughput of more than 100 MB/s per channel.  
Using an 80 MB/s SCSI card will result in a performance bottleneck under certain  
conditions.  
Notes  
For applications where two SCSI HBA cards are required, you can  
use a dual-channel SCSI HBA card.  
Many single-channel SCSI HBA cards have multiple connectors.  
Be sure your card really is dual-channel.  
If you connect two SCSI channels to a single-channel SCSI HBA  
card, only one channel will function.  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Connect the SCSI Cables  
Installation of the VTrak is very similar to a standard SCSI drive. The SCSI  
connector accepts the Very High Density Connector Interface (VHDCI), 68-pin,  
Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI cable used on many SCSI devices.  
SCSI Channel 1  
SCSI Channel 2  
Figure 8. VTrak 15110 SCSI connections  
When you attach the SCSI cables, you can use either the upper or lower  
connector for each channel. The connectors are non-directional, there is no SCSI  
in / SCSI out.  
Caution  
To prevent possible damage to the VTrak or your Host PC, ensure  
that the power to both units is OFF before connecting the SCSI  
cables.  
Important  
VTrak has two SCSI channels. When you attach a SCSI cable to  
the connector of one channel, be sure to attach a terminator to the  
other connector of the same channel. See Figure 8, above.  
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 2: Installation  
The VTrak has four 68-pin, VHDCI SCSI connectors and two separate SCSI  
channels. These connectors are used in one of five ways:  
•
•
•
•
Configuration 1: One VTrak, one Host PC, one SCSI HBA card  
Configuration 2: One VTrak, one Host PC, two SCSI HBA cards  
Configuration 3: One VTrak, two Host PCs, one SCSI HBA card in each  
Configuration 4: Two (or more) VTraks, one Host PC, one SCSI HBA card  
(daisy chain)  
•
Configuration 5: Two VTraks, one Host PC, two SCSI HBA cards  
VTrak makes use of SCSI Target IDs (TIDs) and Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) to  
enable multiple VTrak arrays managed by a single Host PC. How to set TIDs and  
LUNs is explained on page 97. At this point, proceed with the connection of SCSI  
cables following industry standard guidelines and the illustrations on the following  
pages.  
Caution  
Proper termination and SCSI-3 compliant cables are required for  
the system to operate correctly. Two external SCSI terminators  
and a SCSI-3 compliant cables are included with the VTrak 15110.  
SCSI Terminator  
When the VTrak is the last SCSI device in the chain you must install the Promise-  
supplied (or equivalent) external SCSI terminator on both SCSI Connectors (see  
below). The SCSI cable or terminator can attach to either SCSI connector. If you  
use a SCSI channel, you must attach a SCSI Terminator to it.  
SCSI  
Channel 1  
SCSI  
Channel 2  
Attach SCSI cable  
or Terminator to  
either connector  
VTrak Controller  
SCSI  
Terminator  
SCSI  
Terminator  
Figure 9. If you use a SCSI channel, attach a terminator to it  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Configuration 1: One VTrak, one Host PC, one SCSI HBA  
card  
SCSI Terminator  
VTrak  
SCSI HBA  
Card  
SCSI Cable  
Connect to either channel 1 or 2  
Host PC  
Attach the SCSI cable to either of VTrak’s SCSI channels.  
Configuration 2: One VTrak, one Host PC, two SCSI HBA  
cards  
SCSI Terminators  
VTrak  
SCSI HBA  
cards  
SCSI Cables  
Host PC  
You can use a dual-channel SCSI HBA card for this application.  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Configuration 3: One VTrak, two Host PCs, one SCSI HBA  
card in each  
This arrangement allows you to manage the same VTrak from two different Host  
PCs.  
SCSI Terminators  
VTrak  
SCSI Cables  
SCSI HBA Cards  
Host PC 1  
Host PC 2  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Configuration 4: Two VTraks, one Host PC, one SCSI HBA  
card (daisy chain)  
SCSI Cable  
SCSI  
Terminator  
VTrak 1  
VTrak 2  
SCSI HBA Card  
Host PC  
Do the following when daisy-chaining VTraks:  
1. Use a 68-pin VHDCI cable to attach each VTrak array to the SCSI chain.  
You can connect up to eight (8) VTraks on the same SCSI chain.  
2. Set a different SCSI Target ID for each VTrak.  
For example, a daisy chain of six VTraks could have these assignments:  
VTrak 1 . . . .Target ID 1  
VTrak 2 . . . .Target ID 2  
VTrak 3 . . . .Target ID 3  
VTrak 4 . . . .Target ID 4  
VTrak 5 . . . .Target ID 5  
VTrak 6 . . . .Target ID 6  
See page 98 (WebPAM PRO) or page 180 (CLU) for instructions how to set  
SCSI Target IDs.  
3. Install a SCSI terminator on the last VTrak in the chain.  
20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Configuration 5: Two VTraks, one Host PC, two SCSI HBA  
cards  
A Host PC manages two VTraks through separate SCSI connections. An an  
alternative to daisy chaining, it can provide increased I/O performance.  
SCSI Terminators  
VTrak 1  
SCSI HBA  
cards  
VTrak 2  
SCSI Cable  
Host PC  
You can use a dual-channel SCSI HBA card for this application.  
With one to eight VTraks connected to each SCSI HBA card, you can use as  
many SCSI HBA cards as your PC will support.  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Connect the Management Cables  
VTrak 15110 has two types of Management connections:  
•
Management Port connection – Enables you to monitor the VTrak over your  
network using the WebPAM PRO Software. VTrak supports Ethernet and  
Telnet protocols.  
•
RS-232 Serial connection – Enables the Command Line Utility (CLU) on  
your PC to monitor and control VTrak.  
Management  
Port Connector  
RS-232 Serial  
Connector  
Mgmt  
IOIOI  
Figure 4. VTrak 15110 serial and network connections  
Management Port Connection  
The Network connection is for using WebPAM PRO over the network and also for  
using the CLU through a Telnet connection.  
1. Arrange with your Network Administrator to provide a network connection for  
the VTrak.  
2. Attach the network cable to the network connector on the VTrak..  
Caution  
Do not attempt to connect an Ethernet cable, regular or cross-  
over, directly between the VTrak and your PC. This is a network  
connection and requires a hub or switch.  
RS-232 Serial Connection  
The serial connection uses the null modem cable provided with the VTrak.  
1. Attach the null modem cable to the RS-232 serial port on your PC.  
2. Attach the other end of the null modem cable to the serial port on the VTrak.  
22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 2: Installation  
Macintosh Users  
If your Host PC is an Apple Macintosh, you do not have the RS-232 serial port  
needed to set-up a Management connection.  
Promise has developed a Telnet utility for the Macintosh that establishes a Telnet  
connection between the Macintosh PC and the VTrak without an initial setup  
though an RS-232 serial connection. See Mac OS X on page 29 for more  
information.  
As an alternative, obtain the following items to make a serial connection:  
•
•
A USB to DB-9 serial converter  
Terminal emulation software  
Several manufacturers offer USB to DB-9 serial converters and cables. For  
terminal emulation software, go to:  
http://homepage.mac.com/dalverson/zterm/  
Download and install the ZTerm software onto your system.  
Connect the Power  
Warning  
Power supplies can contain over 240 volts. This high voltage, if  
mishandled, can cause serious injury or death.  
Do not touch or handle a power cable or power supply unless you  
have been trained and prepared to perform this task.  
VTrak systems will operate on either 115 volts AC or 230 volts AC. The VTrak  
15110 includes two replaceable power supply modules with autosense voltage  
selection and Power Factor Correction (PFC).  
Retaining  
Bail  
Power  
Connection  
Cooling  
Fan  
Power  
Switch  
Figure 11. Power Connections and Switch  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Plug the power cords into the power connections on both power supplies. Use  
the retaining bails to hold the power cords in place and prevent an accidental  
disconnection.  
Turn both power supplies on.  
When the power is switched on, the LEDs on the front of the VTrak will light up.  
FRU  
Status  
Disk Array  
Status  
SCSI-1  
Activity  
SCSI-2  
Activity  
Controller  
Heartbeat  
Power  
Figure 12.VTrak 15110 Displays  
When boot-up is finished and the VTrak is functioning normally:  
•
Controller LED blinks green once per second for five seconds, goes dark for  
five seconds, then blinks green once per second for five seconds again.  
•
•
Power, FRU and Logical Drive LEDs display green continuously.  
SCSI LEDs flash green if there is activity on that channel.  
There are two LEDs on each Drive Carrier. They report the presence of power  
and a disk drive, and the current condition of the drive.  
Power/  
Disk Status  
Activity  
Figure 13.VTrak 15110 Disk Carrier LEDs  
24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 2: Installation  
After a few moments the Power/Activity and Disk Status LEDs should display  
green.  
If there is no disk drive in the carrier, the Disk Status LED will display green while  
the Power/Activity LED will remain dark.  
Set-up Management Connections  
As explained earlier, VTrak 15110 has two types of Management connections:  
•
•
Network – Supports the CLU and WebPAM PRO  
RS-232 Serial – Supports the CLU  
The physical (cable) connections for these are described in an earlier section. If  
you have not made these connections, do so before continuing.  
Use the following procedures to enable Management connections for VTrak.  
Terminal Emulation is required in all cases. The others are required depending on  
the Management connections you choose.  
Terminal Emulation  
Terminal emulation is the means of communication over an RS-232 serial  
connection. In the following procedure, you will establish a Terminal Emulation  
link between the Host PC and the VTrak.  
Regardless of your choice of management connection, you must first establish a  
Terminal Emulation connection.  
If you are using a Macintosh PC and have no provision for a RS-232 connection,  
see the instructions under Mac OS X on page 29.  
1. Change your PC’s COM Port settings to agree with the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
Bits per second: 115200  
Data bits: 8  
Parity: None  
Stop bits: 1  
Flow control: none  
2. Start your PC’s terminal emulation program.  
3. Press Enter once to launch the CLU.  
The CLU Main Menu appears (below) and is ready to use.  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
For a full list of CLU capabilities and functions, see Chapter 5 on page 133.  
Set IP Addresses and Subnet Mask  
This procedure is required for a network connection to the VTrak. In order for the  
network connection to work, you must set the IP addresses of the Management  
Port and Gateway, and set the Subnet Mask.  
If you do not plan to use a network connection, you can skip to the next  
procedure.  
Caution  
Use of the DHCP feature on VTrak can result in losing network  
connection to the VTrak after a shutdown or power failure. For this  
reason, Promise recommends a static IP address.  
To enable DHCP:  
1. From the Network Management menu, press 1 and Enter to access the  
Management Port menu.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access DHCP.  
3. Press Y and Enter to enable DHCP on VTrak.  
4. Press Enter again to return to the Management Port menu.  
To make settings manually:  
1. From the Network Management menu, press 1 and Enter to access the  
Management Port menu.  
26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
The Management Port settings display.  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Management Port IP Address: 10.0.0.2  
Subnet Mask: 255.0.0.0  
Gateway IP Address: 0.0.0.0  
Telnet: disabled  
TFTP Server IP Address: 0.0.0.0  
SNMP Name: Sonoma  
SNMP Location: Promise  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Network Management  
1. Management Port  
2. Telnet  
3. TFTP Server  
4. SNMP  
5. Ping  
R. Return to previous menu  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
2. Press 1 and Enter to select Management Port.  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Management Port IP Address: 10.0.0.2  
Subnet Mask: 255.0.0.0  
Gateway IP Address: 0.0.0.0  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Management Port  
1. DHCP  
2. Management Port IP  
3. Subnet Mask  
4. Gateway  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
3. Press 1 and Enter to change the management port IP address.  
--------Configure Management Port IP address--------  
Current management port IP Address: 10.0.0.2  
Modify management port IP address(y/n)?>y  
New management port IP address>192.168.1.56 (an example only)  
New management port IP address: 192.168.1.56  
Press Enter key to return  
4. Press Y and Enter to modify the management port IP address.  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
5. Type the new IP address and press Enter.  
The CLU confirms the new management port IP address.  
6. Press Enter to return to the Management Port menu.  
7. Repeat steps 3 though 6 to set the Subnet mask and Gateway IP address  
8. Restart the VTrak.  
Important  
All three settings must be correct in order for WebPAM PRO to  
connect to the VTrak.  
28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
Set Up Telnet Connection  
A Telnet connection allows you to access VTrak’s CLU over the network. This  
allows RAID management over a greater distance from the VTrak itself.  
This procedure is required for a Host PC that does not have an available RS-232  
serial port.  
The CLU screen looks and works exactly the same over a Telnet connection as it  
does over a serial connection.  
Enable Telnet on VTrak  
Telnet is the means of using the CLU over a network connection. VTrak’s Telnet  
service is disabled by default. Follow these instructions to enable Telnet.  
Windows and Linux  
1. Connect the RS-232 cable between the Host PC and VTrak.  
Refer to Step 7 on page 25 for the RS-232 settings and setup.  
2. Launch HyperTerminal or Minicom.  
3. In the CLU Main Menu, select Network Management > Telnet and choose  
Enable/disable Telnet.  
This action enables the Telnet support.  
Mac OS X  
Since the Macintosh has no RS-232 port, you will enable the Telnet service  
through the network using a Telnet utility.  
1. Download the Promise Telnet utility for Mac, file name telnetenable.bin and  
copy it to a convenient folder.  
2. Open a Terminal window.  
3. Change the file mode of telnetenable.bin to executable (example: chmod  
777 telnetenable).  
4. Ping the VTrak box over the network to be sure it is connected (example:  
ping 10.0.0.2).  
VTrak’s default Management port IP address is 10.0.0.2.  
If the VTrak does not respond, take the necessary action to establish a  
network connection.  
5. Launch the Telnet utility, and run telnetenable [IP address of the VTrak].  
6. When you see “Telnet port enabled”, run telnet IP-address 2300.  
Use ./telnetenable IP-address to enable the telnet port and ./telnetenable  
IP-address 0 to disable it.  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Make a Telnet Connection  
The Telnet feature on VTrak must be enabled. See “Enable Telnet on VTrak” on  
page 29.  
HyperTerminal (Windows) or Minicom (Linux)  
1. Launch the HyperTerminal or Minicom application.  
2. Open a terminal window,type a name and click OK (above, left).  
3. In the Connect using dropdown menu, select TCP/IP (Winsock) (above,  
right).  
4. In the Host address field, type the VTrak’s IP address.  
5. In the Port number field, type 2300.  
6. Click OK.  
The Telnet login window opens.  
7. In the Telnet Login, type a user name (administrator is the default) and press  
Enter.  
30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
8. Type a password (password is the default) and press Enter.  
The CLU screen opens. See Chapter 5 (page 133) for information about how  
to use the CLU.  
Command Line (Windows) or Terminal Icon (Linux)  
1. Go to the Windows command line or click the Linux terminal icon.  
2. Type telnet and press Enter.  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
3. Type a lower-case letter O, space, the VTrak’s IP address, space, 2300.  
Example: o 192.168.10.48 2300  
4. Press Enter.  
The telnet login screen appears.  
5. In the Telnet Login, type a user name (administrator is the default) and press  
Enter.  
6. Type a password (password is the default) and press Enter.  
The CLU screen opens. See Chapter 5 (page 133) for information about how  
to use the CLU.  
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
Install WebPAM PRO Software  
Web-Based Promise Array Management—Professional (WebPAM PRO)  
software provides a browser-based graphic user interface used to monitor and  
manage VTrak and its logical drives. Because it works over your network, it can  
monitor and control multiple VTraks. WebPAM PRO consists of two components:  
•
•
Utility Server – WebPAM PRO software you install  
CIMOM Agent – WebPAM PRO component preinstalled on the VTrak  
Utility Server Installation Locations  
When you install WebPAM PRO, you are installing the Utility Server. Where you  
install WebPAM PRO depends on your management connection. If you plan to  
use the VTrak Management (network) port, there are three possible locations.  
•
•
•
A networked PC  
A network file server  
The Host PC  
Installation Guidelines  
When you install WebPAM PRO on a network, follow these rules.  
•
Install the Utility Server only on a PC or Server that is permanently  
connected to your network.  
•
Install only one instance of the Utility Server on your network.  
Operating System Support  
On the PC or server where you install WebPAM PRO, Promise Technology  
recommends:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows 2000  
Windows XP Professional  
Windows 2003  
RedHat Linux  
SuSE Linux  
Mac OS X  
Solaris 9  
The Utility Server supports these operating systems. Choose one of them to take  
full advantage of all the features of WebPAM PRO.  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
CIMOM Agent  
VTrak ships from the factory with a CIMOM agent installed..  
The  
Internet  
Laptop PC  
with Internet  
browser  
Desktop PC  
with Internet  
browser  
Router & Firewall  
Networked PC  
with Utility Server  
Networked PC  
with Internet browser  
Rackmounted VTrak  
Subsystems  
Host PC  
with a single  
VTrak Subsystem  
Figure 7. WebPAM PRO on a network  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Internet Browser  
Typically an Internet browser comes with your operating system. WebPAM PRO  
does not include a browser. For computers that will remotely monitor and  
manage the RAID, the Internet Browser is the only software required.  
Your Internet Browser provides the means for you to monitor and configure your  
Promise RAID products using WebPAM PRO. You can use the most recent  
versions of either Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.  
Before you start…  
1. Obtain the IP addresses of these devices:  
•
•
The PC or server where you plan to install WebPAM PRO  
The VTrak(s) you plan to monitor  
2. If you are planning to use other applications that rely on JRE or JDK, always  
install them first before you install WebPAM PRO. WebPAM PRO will use the  
existing JRE rather than installing a second one.  
WebPAM PRO will install JRE 1.4 on your system unless you already have  
JRE or JDK versions 1.3.0 or 1.4.  
Install WebPAM PRO  
Windows  
Follow these steps to install WebPAM PRO on your Windows-based PC or  
Server.  
1. Boot up the PC/server and launch Windows.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs.  
2. Insert the software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. Double-click on the Install CD's icon to open it.  
4. Double-click on the Installer icon to launch it (right).  
The first WebPAM PRO installation dialog box appears, as  
shown on page 37.  
Linux  
Follow these steps to install WebPAM PRO on your Linux-based PC or Server.  
1. Boot up the PC/server and launch the Linux GUI.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs.  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
2. Insert the software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. In the CD window, double-click on the webpam...bin icon to  
begin installation (right).  
4. When the Run or Display? dialog box appears, click Run in  
Terminal.  
After several moments, the Terminal window closes and the first WebPAM  
PRO installation dialog box appears, as shown on the next page.  
Mac OS X  
Follow these steps to install WebPAM PRO on your Mac OS X-based PC or  
Server.  
1. Boot up the PC/server and launch Mac OS X.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs.  
2. Insert the software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. Double-click on the Install CD's icon to open it.  
4. Double-click on the Installer icon to launch it (right).  
The first WebPAM PRO installation dialog box appears, as  
shown on the next page.  
Solaris  
Follow these steps to install WebPAM PRO on your Solaris-based PC or Server.  
1. Boot up the PC/server and launch Solaris.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs.  
2. Insert the software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. Open a Terminal Console (window).  
4. Navigate to the Solaris folder on the CD.  
5. Type ls and press Enter to verify the name of WebPAM installer file.  
6. Type sh webpam...bin (use the actual file name) and press Enter to begin  
installation.  
The first WebPAM PRO installation dialog box appears, as shown on the  
next page.  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
Installation Under All Supported Operating Systems, continued  
In the following examples, the Windows install screens are shown. Linux and  
Mac OS X install screens have a slightly different appearance but the  
information, choices and actions required are exactly the same.  
1. When the Introduction screen appears (above), click the Next button.  
2. When the License Agreement appears (above), click the “I accept the  
terms...” radio button, then click the Next button.  
If you do not accept the terms of the Agreement, the installation will stop.  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
3. When the SSL Security Options screen appears (above), you can check  
External Security. An explanation follows.  
External SSL Security – Applies security to all connections involving the  
Internet or outside your company firewall.  
Security options are invisible to authorized users.  
Promise Technology provides a default certificate for the server as well as for  
internal data communication. However, in some cases it is always better to  
install and verify your own certificate for the webserver. And if possible, verify  
certificate by certificate authority like Verisign or Thwate. See your MIS  
Administrator for guidance.  
Click the Next button when you have made your choice.  
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 2: Installation  
4. When the Utility Server Information screen appears (below), type the  
requested network addresses.  
You must type the correct information for Email Server and Email Sender or  
the installation will not proceed.  
Email Server – Type in the name of your company's email server.  
Email Sender – Type in the email address of the person responsible for  
maintaining the RAID. This address will be the return address on all email  
notifications sent from the Utility Server to all recipients.  
Click the Next button when you are finished.  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
5. When the Choose Install Folder screen appears (below), make your  
selection of a folder for the WebPAM PRO applications you are installing.  
The default folder is C:\WebPAM. If you want a different folder, type its  
location and click the Choose... button.  
If you change your mind and want the default location, click on the Restore  
Default Folder button.  
Click the Next button when you are finished.  
6. When the WebPAM PRO Installation Configuration screen appears (above),  
take a moment to review your choice of install folder and the available disk  
space on the target hard drive.  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
•
•
If you need to make changes, click the Previous button to return to the  
Install Folder screen.  
If you are satisfied with the proposed installation, click the Install button.  
7. When the Install Complete screen appears (above), the installation process  
is finished. Click the Finish button to go to the Promise Registration website.  
Important  
Registration of your VTrak and WebPAM PRO provides useful  
information that helps Promise Technologies to offer better  
products and support. Please take a few minutes to register.  
Thanks!  
This completes the WebPAM PRO installation.  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3: Setup  
•
VTrak Setup with WebPAM PRO (below)  
•
VTrak Setup with the CLU (page 57)  
After installation, the next step is to configure VTrak. You can do this with  
WebPAM PRO or the Command Line Utility (CLU), whichever you prefer.  
This Chapter only deals with basic functions needed to setup a new VTrak. For a  
full discussion of VTrak functions,refer to WebPAM PRO on page 65 and the CLU  
on page 133.  
VTrak Setup with WebPAM PRO  
Set up with WebPAM PRO consists of the following steps:  
1. Log-in to WebPAM PRO (below)  
2. Add a Subsystem (VTrak) (page 46)  
3. Access a Subsystem (VTrak) (page 46)  
4. Create a Disk Array (page 48)  
5. Create a Logical Drive (page 54)  
6. Assign a SCSI Target ID (page 55)  
7. Log-out of WebPAM PRO (page 56)  
Log-in to WebPAM PRO  
1. Launch your Browser.  
2. In the Browser address field, type in the IP address of the PC/Server where  
you installed WebPAM PRO, as explained below. Do not type the VTrak’s IP  
address.  
If you did not choose the External Security option during WebPAM PRO  
installation, use the Regular connection.  
If you chose the External Security option during WebPAM PRO installation,  
use the Secure connection.  
Regular Connection  
•
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses an HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .http://  
Enter the PC/Server’s IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.10.46  
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8080  
Add to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
http://192.168.10.46:8080/promise  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Secure Connection  
•
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses a secure HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . .https://  
Enter the PC/Server’s IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.10.46  
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8443  
Add to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
https://192.168.10.46:8443/promise  
Note that the IP address shown above is only an example. The IP address you  
type into your browser will be different.  
3. When the opening screen appears, log in as administrator and type in the  
default password, which is password. The login and password are case  
sensitive.  
4. Click the Sign in button.  
Important  
Immediately after installation, change the Administrator's  
password. Make the change under User Management. Each user  
you create will have his/her own login ID and password.  
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3: Setup  
Note  
Make a Bookmark (Netscape Navigator) or set a Favorite (Internet  
Explorer) of the Login Screen so you can access it easily next  
time.  
After sign-in, the WebPAM PRO opening screen appears.  
The first time you log in to WebPAM PRO, there will be no Subsystems (VTraks)  
or Users in the system. Promise recommends that you create the Subsystem(s)  
first, then add the User(s).  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Add a Subsystem (VTrak)  
1. Click on Administrator Tools  
icon to display the menu.  
icon.  
2. Click on the Subsystem Management  
3. Click the Add Subsystem tab (above).  
4. In the IP Address field, type in the VTrak’s Management Port IP address.  
Do not type the PC/Server’s IP address.  
5. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new Subsystem is added to Subsystem Management and also appears in  
the Information tab.  
Access a Subsystem (VTrak)  
The WebPAM PRO CIMOM Agent resides on the VTrak and sends the  
monitoring data to the Utility Server and on to the Browser. In Tree View, a newly  
created Subsystem looks like this:  
Each Subsystem (VTrak) is identified by an  
icon and its IP Address. Below it,  
the VTrak Subsystem icon appears. A Subsystem is made up of:  
SCSI Management – SCSI TIDs  
Network Management – Management port connection  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3: Setup  
Service Management – SNMP, Telnet and CIM services  
Controllers – RAID Management on VTrak  
Enclosures – Power supplies, cooling, cache battery, circuit cards  
Disk Arrays – Creation and management of disk arrays and logical drives  
Spare Drives – Physical drives assigned as global or dedicated hot spares  
Logical Drive Summary – A list of all logical drives in this enclosure,  
regardless of the disk array to which they belong  
If you do not see these details in the Tree View, it means your network connection  
to VTrak is not working. Restore your connection before proceeding.  
If you do not see anything, lower your browser’s security settings.  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Create a Disk Array  
A disk array is a collection of physical drives in a RAID. Logical drives are made  
from disk arrays. To access the Disk Array tab:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Create tab.  
icon.  
There are three ways to create a new disk array:  
•
Automatic – Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters.  
Makes one logical drive automatically  
•
Express – You choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifiying  
the characteristics you want. You can create multiple logical drives at the  
same time, however they will all be identical  
•
Advanced – You directly specify all parameters for a new disk array. Makes  
one logical drive automatically. You can create additional logical drives at a  
later time  
Click the radio button of the method you want then click the Next button.  
Or select one of these methods from the dropdown menu in the Create tab.  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3: Setup  
Automatic Option  
The Disk Array Automatic Creation option enables you to create a new disk array  
following a default set of parameters. One logical drive will be made automatically  
when you create the disk array.  
When you choose the Automatic option, the following parameters display:  
•
Disk Arrays – The number of physical drives in the disk array, their ID  
numbers, configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be  
created  
•
•
Logical Drives – The ID number of the logical drive(s), their RAID level,  
capacity and stripe size  
Spare Drives – The physical drive ID number of the dedicated hot spare  
assigned to this disk array  
1. Review the parameters. If you accept them, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, use the Express or Advanced  
option to create your disk array.  
2. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab.  
Proceed to logical drive creation (page 48).  
Express Option  
The Disk Array Express Creation option enables you to choose the parameters  
for a new disk array by specifiying the characteristics you want. With this method,  
you can create multiple logical drives at the same time you create your disk array.  
However, all of the logical drives will be the same.  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
To create a new disk array:  
1. Check the boxes to select any one or combination of the following:  
•
•
•
•
Redundancy – The array will remain available if a physical drive fails  
Capacity – The greatest possible amount of data capacity  
Performance – The highest possible read/write speed  
Spare Drive – A hot spare drive  
2. In the Number of Logical Drives field, enter the number of logical drives you  
want to make from this disk array.  
The maximum possible number of logical drives appears to the right of this  
field.  
3. From the Application Type menu, select an application that best describes  
your intended use for this disk array: File Server  
•
•
•
Video Stream  
Transaction Data  
Transaction Log  
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3: Setup  
•
Other  
4. Click the Update button.  
Or check the Automatic Update box and updates will occur automatically.  
The following parameters display:  
•
Disk Arrays – The number of physical drives in the disk array, their ID  
numbers, configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be  
created  
•
•
Logical Drives – The ID number of the logical drive(s), their RAID level,  
capacity and stripe size  
Spare Drives – The physical drive ID number of the dedicated hot spare  
assigned to this disk array  
5. If you accept these parameters, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, review and modify your selections  
in the previous steps.  
6. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab.  
Proceed to logical drive creation (page 48).  
Advanced Option  
The Disk Array Advanced Creation option enables you to directly specify all  
parameters for a new disk array. One logical drive will be made automatically  
when you create the disk array. If you select less than the total available capacity,  
you can use the remaining space to create additional logical drives at a later time.  
To create a new disk array:  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
1. Enter a name for the disk array in the field provided.  
2. Check the box to enable initialization, if desired.  
If you checked the initialization box, select the type of initialization from the  
dropdown menu.  
•
Quick – Erases the reserve sectors of the physical drives being added  
to the disk array.  
•
Full – Erases all sectors of the physical drives being added to the disk  
array.  
3. Highlight physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list and  
press the >> button to move them to the Selected list.  
You can also double-click them to move them.  
4. When you are done, click the Next button.  
5. Choose a RAID level from the dropdown menu.  
The choice of RAID levels depends on the number of physical drives you  
selected.  
6. Specify a Capacity and the unit of measure (MB, GB, TB).  
This value will be the data capacity of the first logical drive in your new disk  
array. If you specify less than disk array's maximum capacity, the remainder  
will be available for additional logical drives which you can create later.  
7. Specify a Stripe size from the dropdown menu.  
4, 8, 16, 32 and 64 KB are available, 64 KB is the default.  
8. Click the Next button.  
The Creation Summary lists the disk array information you specified.  
52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3: Setup  
9. If you accept these parameters, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, review and modify your selections  
in the previous steps.  
10. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab.  
Proceed to logical drive creation (next page).  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Create a Logical Drive  
When you create a disk array (see page 48), you automatically create one logical  
drive also. If the initial logical drive used less than the full capacity of the disk  
array, you can create additional logical drives from the same disk array.  
To access the Disk Array – Create LD tab:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click on the Create LD tab.  
To create a logical drive:  
1. Enter an alias (name) in the field.  
2. Select a RAID level from the dropdown menu.  
3. Enter a capacity and select unit of measure (MB, GB, TB).  
The default value is the available capacity of the disk array. You can use this  
value or any lesser amount.  
4. Select stripe block size from the dropdown menu.  
5. Select (cache) Read Policy from the dropdown menu.  
6. Select (cache) Write Policy from the dropdown menu.  
7. Click the Update button when you are done.  
The new logical drive appears in the list.  
8. Click the Next button.  
9. Verify your settings then click the Submit button.  
The new logical drive appears in the Logical Drive List on the Information tab.  
54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Setup  
In order to use this logical drive to read and write data, you must partition and  
format it using the Host PC’s operating system.  
Assign a SCSI Target ID  
The term Target ID refers to the SCSI address of the two channels on the RAID  
subsystem. A SCSI bus has an Initiator, such as the SCSI card inside the Host  
PC, and at least one Target, such as the Controller and Logical Drives inside the  
RAID subsystem. Each target must have its own address or Target ID number.  
Target IDs can be divided into Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) to extend the  
number of available addresses. The default TID settings for both SCSI channels  
is 0. This setting is adequate for most WebPAM and RAID subsystem  
configurations. If an address conflict occurs, you might have to change the TID  
setting.  
You must have Creation Rights to access this function.  
To access SCSI Target ID settings:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak icon.  
icon in Tree View.  
3. Click on the SCSI Management  
4. Click on the TID Settings tab.  
icon.  
To make settings:  
1. Select the SCSI Target IDs you want to use on SCSI Channel 1.  
2. Select the SCSI Target IDs you want to use on SCSI Channel 2.  
3. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Caution  
Conflicting ID numbers can prevent WebPAM from connecting to  
the RAID subsystem and/or cause the SCSI HBA BIOS not to  
recognize the Logical Drives. Promise offers a sufficient quantity  
of TIDs and LUNs to avoid any conflict problems.  
Note  
The quantity and ID number of Target IDs you select depends in  
part upon how many logical drives you plan to create, how your  
Host PC and RAID subsystem are connected, and how many  
addresses are on the SCSI bus.  
Log-out of WebPAM PRO  
There are two ways to log out of WebPAM PRO:  
•
•
Close your browser window  
Click Logout on the WebPAM PRO banner (below)  
After logging out, you must enter your username and password to log in again.  
Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen.  
Internet Connection using WebPAM PRO  
The above instructions cover connections between VTrak and WebPAM PRO  
over your company network. It is also possible to connect to a VTrak from the  
Internet.  
Your MIS Administrator can tell you how to access your network from outside the  
firewall. Once you are logged onto the network, you can access the VTrak using  
its IP address.  
Please note that only the PC with the SCSI connection can read and write data to  
the logical drives on the VTrak. However, other PCs can monitor the VTrak from  
virtually any location.  
56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 3: Setup  
VTrak Setup with the CLU  
Notes  
•
If you worked though the Setup procedure above using  
WebPAM PRO, your VTrak setup is complete. There is no  
need to repeat the Setup with the CLU.  
•
See Chapter 5 for a full explanation of the CLU functions.  
Set up with the CLU consists of the following steps:  
1. CLU Connection (below).  
2. Create a Logical Drive  
•
•
Automatically (page 58)  
Manually (page 59)  
3. Assign a SCSI Target ID (page 63).  
4. Exit the CLU (page 64).  
CLU Connection  
Before you begin, be sure the null modem cable is connected between the Host  
PC and VTrak, and that both machines are booted and running.  
1. Start your PC’s terminal emulation program.  
2. Press Enter once to launch the CLU.  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Create a Disk Array  
The following procedures provide the basic steps needed to create a disk array  
and a logical drive to get your VTrak running quickly.  
You can create your disk array automatically or manually. You might prefer to let  
VTrak to create the disk array automatically if you are new to RAID technology or  
you are satisfied with VTrak’s default settings.  
Note  
When VTrak creates a disk array automatically, it will use all  
available physical drives. If you want to create multiple disk arrays,  
use the manual creation function.  
Create a Disk Array Automatically  
Use this feature to quickly build a disk array using all available disk drives. You  
specify the RAID level. The other options are chosen automatically. See Chapter  
7, page 214 for a discussion of RAID Levels and the number of drives each  
supports.  
1. From the Main menu, press 3 and Enter to access Disk Array Management.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access the Disk Array Auto Creation.  
*************Logical Drive Auto Creation************  
Total --6-- free Physical Drives  
RAID Mode Options:  
0 - RAID 0 (Striping)  
1 - RAID 1 (Mirroring)  
3 - RAID 3 (Parity)  
5 - RAID 5 (Parity Distributed)  
10 - RAID 10 (Striping/Mirroring)  
50 - RAID 50  
Please enter RAID mode(0,1,3,5,10,50)>50  
The Auto Creation tells you how many disk (physical) drives are free and  
which RAID modes (levels) are possible.  
3. Type the RAID mode you want and press Enter.  
The proposed specifications for the new logical drive appear  
Logical Drive Auto Creation Information:  
Name: LogicalDrive  
Number of Physical Drives: 6  
RAID mode: RAID 50  
Stripe block size: 64KB  
58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Setup  
SMART check: enabled  
Initialization: full  
Create Logical Drive now(y/n)?>y  
4. If you agree with the specifications, press Y and Enter.  
If you disagree, press N and Enter. Then select Create New Disk Array  
(below) and input your own settings.  
This completes disk array creation. Go on to logical drive creation.  
Create a Disk Array Manually  
Use this feature to manually build a logical drive to meet your own requirements  
or to use less than the full number of available disk drives. See page 214 for a  
discussion of RAID Levels, the number of drives each supports and an  
explanation of the available options.  
1. From the Main menu, press 3 and Enter to access Disk Array Management.  
2. Press 2 and Enter to access the Create New Disk Array.  
**************Define New Logical Drive**************  
Total 8 Physical Drives  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
----------------------------------------------------------  
1
3
4
7
Maxtor 5A250J0  
251 GB  
200 GB  
200 GB  
80 GB  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
ST380013AS  
9
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
120 GB  
80 GB  
120 GB  
11  
12  
15  
Maxtor 6Y080M0  
82 GB  
Enter Physical Drive IDs and/or ID ranges  
separated by commas. For example: 1,5,8-15.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drives.  
Your input?>1,3,4,5,9  
3. Choose the physical drives for your logical drive and press Enter.  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
----------------------------------------------------------  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
*1  
*3  
*4  
*7  
*9  
11  
12  
15  
Maxtor 5A250J0  
251 GB  
200 GB  
200 GB  
80 GB  
120 GB  
80 GB  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
Maxtor 6Y080M0  
120 GB  
82 GB  
4 Physical Drives have been selected.  
Enter Physical Drive ids and/or id ranges  
separated by commas. For example: 1,5,8-15.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drives.  
Your input?>r  
4. When you have selected all the physical drives, press R and Enter.  
RAID Mode Options:  
0 - RAID 0 (Striping)  
1 - RAID 1 (Mirroring)  
3 - RAID 3 (Parity)  
5 - RAID 5 (Parity Distributed)  
10 - RAID 10 (Striping/Mirroring)  
50 - RAID 50  
Please enter RAID mode(0,1,3,5,10)>5  
The prompt displays available RAID modes.  
5. Type the RAID mode (level) for your logical drive and press Enter.  
Stripe Block Size (4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128) in KB?>64  
Enter the Disk Array name>Daves Array  
Enable initialization(y/n)?>y  
Full or quick initialization(f/q)?>q  
Quick initialization enabled  
6. Type the stripe block size, logical drive name, whether you want initialization  
and if so, quick or full. Press Enter after each input.  
If you chose RAID 1, you will not see a stripe block size. After the last item, a  
list of your logical drive specifications displays.  
Logical Drive creation information:  
Name: Daves Array  
Number of Physical Drives: 4  
RAID mode: RAID 5  
Stripe block size: 64KB  
SMART check: enabled  
60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3: Setup  
Create Disk Array now(y/n)?>y  
7. Review the list. If you agree with the list, press Y and Enter. If you disagree  
with the list, press N and Enter, then select Create New Disk Array again.  
If you clicked Y, the new disk array appears.  
ID Name  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Daves Array 64K 357GB 1,3-4,9 Functional  
RAID SBS CAP  
Member PDs Status  
1
5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
This completes disk array creation. Go on to logical drive creation.  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Create a Logical Drive  
A logical drive is an entity made from a disk array that your PC’s operating  
system recognizes as a single disk drive.  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access Create Logical Drive  
Mapping for Disk Array 1:  
-------------  
| #1  
|
| 357 GB |  
-------------  
Maximum allowable capacity is 357 GB.  
Press Enter key to use the maximum capacity  
Or specify capacity in GB for the LD to be created.  
Example 1: 12, this will create a 12 GB Logical Drive.  
Example 2: 5Gx6, this will create 6 LDs, each LD's capacity is 5 GB.  
Note in the Mapping for Disk Array 1 that one logical drive has already been  
created and that 453 GB is available for additional logical drives.  
Your input?>100  
Enter the Logical Drive name>FirstLD  
Enable quick initialization(y/n)?>y  
3. Type the size of your first logical drive in Gigabytes and press Enter.  
Or, to create multiple logical drives of the same size, type the size and  
number of drives as described and press Enter.  
4. To enable quick initialization, click Y and press Enter.  
If not, click N and press Enter.  
5. The logical drive mapping information appears(below), followed by the Disk  
Array Properties menu.  
Disk Array #1 Mapping:  
------------------------  
| LD #1 | Free  
|
| 100 GB | 257 GB |  
-------------------------  
6. Press R and Enter twice to return to the Main menu.  
In order to use this logical drive to read and write data, you must partition and  
format it using the Host PC’s operating system.  
62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3: Setup  
Assign a SCSI Target ID  
The term Target ID refers to the SCSI address of the two channels on the RAID  
subsystem. A SCSI bus has an Initiator, such as the SCSI card inside the Host  
PC, and at least one Target, such as the Controller and Logical Drives inside the  
RAID subsystem. Each target must have its own address or Target ID number.  
Target IDs can be divided into Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) to extend the  
number of available addresses. The default TID settings for both SCSI channels  
is 0. This setting is adequate for most WebPAM and RAID subsystem  
configurations. If an address conflict occurs, you might have to change the TID  
setting.  
1. From the Main menu, press 6 and Enter to access SCSI Management.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access the Channel TID.  
****Modify SCSI Channel TID****  
SCSI Channel #  
TIDs  
--------------------------------------  
1
0
-------------------------------------  
2
0
Select the SCSI channel(1-2)  
Press R to return after finished>1  
3. Type the number of the SCSI channel you want to select and press Enter.  
Modify TIDs for SCSI channel 1(y/n)?>y  
Enter the new TIDs>1,2,3  
4. Press Y and Enter to confirm the change.  
5. Type the new TID numbers for this channel and press Enter.  
Separate non-consecutive numbers with a comma. For consecutive  
numbers, type the first and last separated by a dash.  
Note that your new selection overrides the previous setting. If you want to  
keep an existing TID, be sure to type it as well.  
TIDs for SCSI channel 1 changed  
Press Enter key to return  
6. Press Enter to see the new settings.  
****Modify SCSI Channel TID****  
SCSI Channel #  
TIDs  
--------------------------------------  
1
0
1
2
3
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
-------------------------------------  
2
0
Select the SCSI channel(1-2)  
Press R to return after finished>  
Exit the CLU  
Close the terminal emulation window to exit the CLU.  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VTrak Status Indicators (below)  
Drive Status Indicators (page 66)  
Audible Alarm (page 67)  
•
•
•
•
SCSI Management (page 97)  
Network Management (page 99)  
Service Management (page 100)  
Controllers (page 102)  
Log-in/Log-out (page 68)  
Subsystem Management (page 71) •  
Enclosures (page 104)  
User Management (page 77)  
•
•
Disk Arrays (page 110)  
Software Management (page 87)  
Spare Drives (page 127)  
Subsystem Management (page 92) •  
VTrak Management (page 95)  
Logical Drive Summary (page 130)  
This chapter describes using WebPAM to monitor and manage your RAID  
system. This chapter is divided into sections for major WebPAM components as  
shown above.  
VTrak Status Indicators  
Even though WebPAM PRO offers comprehensive monitoring of VTrak, the LED  
indicators on the VTrak unit provide important status information.  
When the power is switched on, the LEDs on the front of the VTrak will light up.  
SCSI-1  
Activity  
SCSI-2  
Activity  
Controller  
Heartbeat  
FRU  
Status  
Disk Array  
Status  
Power  
Figure 1. VTrak 15110 Front Panel LEDs  
When boot-up is finished and the VTrak is functioning normally:  
•
Controller LED blinks green once per second for five seconds, goes dark for  
five seconds, then blinks green once per second for five seconds again.  
•
•
Power, FRU and Disk Array LEDs display green continuously.  
SCSI LEDs flash green if there is activity on that channel.  
See the table below.  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
State  
LEDs  
Steady  
Green  
Flashing  
Green  
Dark  
Amber  
n/a  
Red  
n/a  
Power  
FRU*  
System Off  
System Off  
Normal  
n/a  
Fan or  
Battery  
Problem  
Fan or  
Battery  
Failed  
Normal  
n/a  
Logical  
Drive  
Logical  
Drive Critical DriveOffline  
Logical  
System Off  
No Activity  
Normal  
n/a  
SCSI-1  
SCSI-2  
n/a  
n/a  
Activity  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
Controller System Off  
Normal**  
* Field Replacement Unit. “n/a” means this state does not apply to this LED.  
** Blinks five times in five seconds, five seconds dark, blinks five times again.  
See page 189 for more information about field-replaceable components.  
See page 234 for a discussion of critical and offline logical drives.  
Drive Status Indicators  
There are two LEDs on each Drive Carrier. They report the presence of power  
and a disk drive, and the current condition of the drive.  
Power/  
Drive Status  
Activity  
Figure 2. VTrak Drive Carrier LEDs  
66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
The VTrak spins up the disk drives sequentially in order to equalize power draw  
during start-up. After a few moments the Power/Activity and Disk Status LEDs  
should display green.  
State  
LEDs  
Steady  
Green  
Flashing  
Green  
Dark  
Amber  
n/a  
Red  
n/a  
Power/  
Activity  
Drive  
Present  
No Drive  
Activity  
n/a  
No Power/  
No Drive  
Drive  
Rebuilding  
Drive  
Error  
Status  
Drive OK  
“n/a” means this state does not apply to this LED.  
See for a discussion of rebuilding and failed disk drives.  
Audible Alarm  
VTrak’s audible alarm has four sound patterns:  
•
•
•
Beep. Beep. Beep. – Indicates that a logical drive is rebuilding  
Beep-beep, beep-beep, beep-beep. – Indicates that a logical drive is critical  
Beep-beep-beep. Beep-beep-beep. – Indicates a problem with a field  
replaceable unit (FRU)  
•
10 second continuous beep – Indicates that a logical drive is offline  
See for more information about field-replaceable components.  
See for a discussion of critical and offline logical drives.  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Log-in/Log-out  
Log-in to WebPAM PRO  
1. Launch your Browser.  
2. In the Browser address field, type in the IP address of the PC or Server  
where you installed WebPAM PRO, as explained below. Do not type the  
VTrak’s IP address.  
Note that the IP address shown below is only an example. The IP address  
you type into your browser will be different.  
If you did not choose the External Security option during WebPAM PRO  
installation, use the Regular connection.  
If you chose the External Security option during WebPAM PRO installation,  
use the Secure connection.  
Regular Connection  
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses an HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .http://  
Enter the Utility Server’s IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.1.46  
(Where you installed WebPAM)  
•
•
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8080  
Add to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
http://192.168.1.46:8080/promise  
Secure Connection  
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses a secure HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . .https://  
Enter the Utility Server’s IP address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.1.46  
(Where you installed WebPAM)  
•
•
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8443  
Add to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
https://192.168.1.46:8443/promise  
68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
3. When the opening screen appears, type your username in the Login ID field  
and your password in the Password field. The login and password are case  
sensitive.  
If this is the first time you are running WebPAM PRO, log in as  
administrator and type in the default password, which is password. The  
login and password are case sensitive.  
Important  
Immediately after installation, change the Administrator's  
password. Make the change under User Management. Each user  
you create will have his/her own login ID and password.  
4. Click the Sign in button.  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
After sign-in, the WebPAM PRO opening screen appears.  
Figure 3. WebPAM PRO Opening Screen  
If you setup your VTrak using WebPAM PRO (see Chapter 3) you will have one  
Subsystem, the Administrator as the only User and one logical drive.  
If this is the first time you are logging in to WebPAM, there will be no Subsystems  
(VTraks) or Users in the system. Promise recommends that you add the  
Subsystem(s) first, then add the User(s).  
Log-out of WebPAM PRO  
There are two ways to log out of WebPAM:  
•
•
Close your browser window  
Click Logout on the WebPAM banner (below)  
After logging out, you must type your username and password to log in again.  
Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen.  
70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Subsystem Management  
•
•
•
Add a Subsystem (below)  
•
Subsystem Management Window  
(page 74)  
Subsystem User Rights (page 71)  
•
•
View Event Log (page 74)  
Access a Subsystem (VTrak)  
(page 73)  
Delete a Subsystem (page 76)  
Add a Subsystem (VTrak)  
1. Click on Administrator Tools  
icon to display the menu.  
2. Click on the Subsystem Management  
icon.  
3. Click the Add Subsystem tab (above).  
4. In the IP Address field, type in the VTrak’s Management Port IP address.  
Do not type the PC/Server’s IP address.  
5. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new Subsystem is added to Subsystem Management and also appears in  
the Information tab.  
WebPAM PRO allows you to add a Subsystem to the list even though it cannot  
make a connection to the VTrak. If this happens, refer to Troubleshooting on  
page 223.  
Subsystem User Rights  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
1. Click the Subsystem Management  
icon under Administration Tools. This  
window displays a list of Subsystems (VTraks) configured to this WebPAM  
installation.  
2. Click on the hypertext link to see an individual Subsystem.  
This window provides access information on an individual Subsystem and  
editing user permissions.  
3. Check the permissions this User will have.  
Right  
Creation  
Meaning  
Permission to create, convert and expand a logical drive;  
and make Controller settings  
Deletion  
Permission to delete a logical drive  
Maintenance Permission to rebuild and synchronize a logical drive  
Notification  
Permission to receive notification of events affecting the  
logical drive  
4. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The Subsystem Management window appears again. Your changes take  
effect immediately.  
72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Access a Subsystem (VTrak)  
The WebPAM PRO CIMOM Agent resides on the VTrak and sends the  
monitoring data to the Utility Server and on to the Browser. In Tree View, a newly  
created Subsystem looks like this:  
Each Subsystem (VTrak) is identified by an  
icon and its IP Address. Below it,  
the VTrak Subsystem icon appears. A Subsystem is made up of:  
SCSI Management – SCSI TIDs  
Service Management – SNMP, Telnet and CIM services  
Controllers – RAID Management on VTrak  
Enclosures – Power supplies, cooling, cache battery, circuit cards  
Disk Arrays – Creation and management of disk arrays and logical drives  
Spare Drives – Physical drives assigned as global or dedicated hot spares  
Logical Drive Summary – A list of all logical drives in this enclosure,  
regardless of the disk array to which they belong  
If you do not see these details in the Tree View, it means your network connection  
to VTrak is not working. Restore your connection before proceeding.  
If you do not see anything, lower your browser’s security settings.  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Subsystem Management Window  
To access the Management Window for an individual Subsystem (VTrak), click  
on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View. The result is a different window than  
clicking the Subsystem Management icon described above.  
From this point, you can:  
•
•
View the Logfile  
Access Host User Rights (Administrator only)  
View Event Log  
1. In Tree View, click on the Subsystem  
want to see.  
icon for the VTrak whose log you  
2. In the Management Window, click on the Events tab.  
3. The LogFile window appears (below).  
In the LogFile window, you can view all events pertaining to an individual  
Subsystem (VTrak). Click the Previous Events and Next Events buttons to see  
the entire contents. The LogFile is saved automatically.  
You must log in as the Administrator in order to save or delete the Logfile.  
74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
To save the Log File:  
1. From on the Events tab dropdown menu, select Save Logfile.  
2. In the Save Event box, type a file name for the Logfile.  
The name can contain up to 40 characters, letter and numbers only, no  
spaces.  
3. Click the Submit button.  
4. In the confirmation box, click the Close button.  
The Log file is saved as a text file and placed in the log directory of the PC/  
Server running the Utility Server software.  
•
•
For Windows, the log directory is: C:\WINDOWS\system32  
For Linux, Mac OS X and Solaris, the log directory is: WebPAM\tomcat  
To delete the Log File:  
1. From on the Events tab dropdown menu, select Delete Logfile.  
2. In the Save Log Before Delete box:  
•
•
•
Click Yes to save the file  
Click No to delete without saving  
Click Cancel exit without deleting  
If you chose to save the Logfile:  
3. In the Save Event box, type a file name for the Logfile.  
The name can contain up to 40 characters, letter and numbers only, no  
spaces.  
4. Click the Submit button.  
5. In the confirmation box, click the Close button.  
The Log file is saved as a text file and placed in the log directory of the PC/  
Server running the Utility Server software.  
•
•
For Windows, the log directory is: C:\WINDOWS\system32  
For Linux, Mac OS X and Solaris, the log directory is: WebPAM\tomcat  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Delete a Subsystem  
1. Click the Subsystem Management  
Host List appears.  
icon under Administrative Tools. The  
2. Click on the Delete Subsystem tab.  
3. Click the Select for Deletion box of the Subsystem you want to delete.  
4. Click the Delete Selection button.  
A confirmation message appears..  
5. Click OK to confirm Subsystem deletion.  
The deleted Subsystem no longer appears in Tree View.  
Notes  
•
•
WebPAM PRO will remove the link from the VTrak to your  
local browser. This action does not change or delete the RAID  
itself.  
If you delete a Subsystem with users assigned to it, the user  
rights are also deleted.  
76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
User Management  
•
•
•
Add a User (below)  
•
•
Change Password (page 85)  
Delete a User (page 83)  
Manage User Rights (page 83)  
Setup User Alert Notification (page 86)  
Add a User  
1. Log into WebPAM as the Administrator.  
2. In Tree View, click on User Management.  
In the right frame, you will see a list of the current Users.  
3. Click the Create tab.  
4. Enter the new User Name, Password, Verify Password (same password).  
5. If you want to assign Email notification types for this User, check the Assign  
Email Notification box.  
6. Check the boxes to select Management Rights for this User on each  
Subsystem.  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Right  
Meaning  
Creation  
Permission to create, convert and expand a logical drive;  
and make Controller settings  
Deletion  
Permission to delete a logical drive  
Maintenance Permission to rebuild and synchronize a logical drive  
Notification  
Permission to receive notification of events affecting the  
logical drive  
7. When you are finished making your selections, click the Submit button.  
•
If you checked the Assign Email Notification box, you will be transferred  
to the Select Events page (see Event Notification, below).  
•
If you did NOT check the Assign Email Notification box, you will be  
transferred to User Management page, where you can see the newly  
added User.  
Notes  
•
•
If no Subsystems (VTraks) have been created yet, no  
machines will appear in the permissions list. You can add a  
Subsystem now and specify the permissions later.  
The User can change his/her User Name, Password, email  
address at any time.  
•
•
A User cannot change his/her own Rights.  
The Administrator can change a User’s Rights, as well as  
create and delete Users.  
Event Notification  
If you check the Assign Email Notification box while adding a user, you will be  
transferred to the Select Events page (below). Here you will type an email  
address and assign the Email Notifications for this user.  
78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
The image above was shortened to fit into the available space.  
To save time and effort, check Critical Events, All Events, or the component-  
specific boxes. The table below lists all events and their meanings. Critical events  
are marked with an asterisk (*)  
Item  
Meaning  
Events of major importance.  
Critical Events*  
All Events  
All monitored events are reported.  
Controller Event  
Notification  
All events related to the Controller are reported.  
Controller Unknown Error Unspecified problem with the Controller.  
Data Parity Error  
Command Parity Error  
Bus Reset  
Detected possible iSCSI data parity error.  
Detected possible iSCSI command parity error.  
The Initiator sent a command to reset the iSCSI bus.  
VTrak must restart to recover from an error.  
A task was aborted.  
Unrecoverable Error  
Abort Task  
Clear ACA  
Clear an auto contingent alliance condition.  
A LUN was reset.  
LUN Reset  
Initiator Error  
Detected possible error on the SCSI/FC initiator.  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Item  
Meaning  
Illegal Secondary Identify A target received a second Identify message with a  
different LUN.  
Message Parity Error  
Detected possible parity error in message between  
initiator and target.  
Bus Reboot  
The VTrak system has rebooted.  
Connection Event  
Notification  
All events related to the Host PC-to-UltraTrak  
connection.  
UltraTrak Connection  
Connected  
Connection between Host PC and UltraTrak was  
successful  
UltraTrak Connection Lost Connection between Host PC and UltraTrak has  
failed  
Disk Event Notification  
Disk Down*  
All events related to the disk drives.  
A disk drive has been set down due to some kind of  
error.  
Disk Plugged In  
A disk drive has been plugged into the logical drive.  
Disk Access Retry  
The Controller repeats an attempt to access a disk  
drive.  
Disk CRC Error  
A CRC error has occurred on a disk drive.  
A SMART error has been reported on a disk drive.  
A ECC error has occurred on a disk drive.  
A bad sector has been identified on a disk drive.  
Disk SMART Failed*  
Disk ECC Error  
Disk Bad Sector*  
Disk Reserve Sector Error A error has occurred on the reserve sector of a disk  
drive.  
Disk Time Out  
A disk drive has timed out.  
Logical Drive Event  
Notification  
All events related to logical drives.  
Create Logical Drive  
Delete Logical Drive  
Logical Drive Critical*  
Logical Drive Offline*  
A logical drive has been created.  
A logical drive has been deleted.  
Malfunctioning disk drive, fault tolerance lost.  
Two malfunctioning disk drives, data access lost.  
Logical Drive Migration  
Started  
A logical drive began expansion and/or change of  
RAID level.  
80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Item  
Meaning  
Logical Drive Migration  
Completed  
A logical drive finished expansion and/or change of  
RAID level  
Logical Drive Migration  
Stopped  
A logical drive expansion and/or change of RAID  
level halted before completion.  
Logical Drive Rebuild  
Start  
A logical drive began a rebuild.  
Logical Drive Rebuild  
Completed  
A logical drive finished a rebuild.  
Logical Drive Rebuild  
Stopped  
A logical drive rebuild halted before completion.  
A logical drive began synchronizing.  
Logical Drive  
Synchronization Start  
Logical Drive  
Synchronization  
Completed  
A logical drive finished synchronizing.  
Logical Drive  
A logical drive stopped synchronizing before  
Synchronization Stopped completion.  
Logical Drive  
A comparison error was detected during  
Synchronization  
Comparison Error*  
synchronization.  
Logical Drive  
An internal error was detected during  
Synchronization Internal synchronization.  
Error*  
Logical Drive Full  
Initialization Start  
Full initialization has begun on a logical drive.  
Logical Drive Full  
Full initialization finished on a logical drive.  
Initialization Completed  
Logical Drive Full  
Initialization Stopped  
Full initialization on a logical drive halted before  
completion.  
Logical Drive Quick  
Initialization Start  
Quick initialization has begun on a logical drive.  
Logical Drive Quick  
Quick initialization finished on a logical drive.  
Initialization Completed  
Logical Drive Quick  
Initialization Stopped  
Quick initialization on a logical drive halted before  
completion.  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Item  
Meaning  
Logical Drive Percent  
Completed  
A progress report on logical drive operations taking  
place.  
Enclosure Event  
Notification  
All events related to the enclosure.  
Enclosure Power Down* Power to the enclosure is OFF.  
Enclosure Power Up  
Power to the enclosure is ON.  
Enclosure Unknown  
Error*  
Unspecified problem with the Enclosure.  
Enclosure Over  
Temperature*  
Enclosure is running too hot.  
Enclosure Fan Stop*  
One of the fans has stopped working.  
Enclosure 3 Volt out of  
Range  
3 Volt (actually 3.3 volt) power is out of specification.  
Enclosure 5 Volt Out of  
Range*  
5 Volt power is out of specification.  
Enclosure 12 Volt Out of 12 Volt power is out of specification.  
Range*  
Battery Temperature Rise Battery is heating up. Battery ceases to charge above  
45°C or discharge above 60°C.  
Battery Temperature  
Dropped  
Battery is cooling down.  
Battery Capacity below  
threshold  
Battery is too weak to function.  
Battery Capacity Normal Battery is ready for use.  
Battery Discharging  
Battery Charging  
Battery is leaking power.  
Battery is recharging.  
Battery Maintenance  
Mode  
Discharge and recharge to test battery condition.  
Happens automatically once every two months.  
Battery life ended  
Battery is dead. Replace it.  
See Chapter 7: Troubleshooting for instructions on what to do when any of these  
messages appears.  
82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Delete a User  
1. Log into WebPAM as the Administrator.  
2. Click the User Management  
3. Click the Delete tab.  
icon under Administrator Tools.  
4. Click the box of the User you want to delete.  
5. Click the Delete User(s) button.  
Note  
You cannot delete the Administrator.  
Manage User Rights  
The Administrator uses this page to modify individual user information, such as  
access rights, email address and email notification. To modify User information:  
1. Click the User Management  
A list of Users appears.  
icon under Administrator Tools.  
2. Select the name link for the User whose setting you want to change and click  
on it.  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
The Modify/View User screen appears (below).  
3. In the Modify/View User screen, specify your Subsystem Management  
Rights, Email address and Event Notification.  
See the Permissions table below.  
Right  
Meaning  
Creation  
Permission to create, convert and expand a logical drive;  
and make Controller settings  
Deletion  
Permission to delete a logical drive  
Maintenance Permission to rebuild and synchronize a logical drive  
Notification Permission to receive notification of events affecting the  
logical drive  
You can also set these permissions from the Subsystem User Rights screen.  
4. When you are done, click the Submit button. The Settings tab for this User  
appears again. Your changes take effect immediately.  
Notes  
•
•
Under Personal Information, a user can change his/her own  
password. If he has Notification rights, he can change his own  
Event Notifications.  
For an Administrator to change a username or password, you  
must delete the User and add a new one.  
84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Change Password  
Each User can change his/her password. If the User has email alert notification,  
he/she can also change the email address and selection of events.  
1. Log into WebPAM under your User Name.  
2. Click the Personal Information  
icon under Administration Tools.  
3. Enter a new password.  
4. Re-Enter the new password to confirm.  
5. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
Note  
If a User forgets his/her password, the Administrator must delete  
the user account and create a new one.  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Setup Email Alert Notification  
WebPAM can alert you to the problems and processes happening to your RAID  
through email messages. You setup Email Notification for each Subsystem  
(VTrak) and each User individually. A Subsystem must exist before you can set-  
up Email Notification for it.  
These steps describe how to setup the email function.  
1. Click the User Management  
A list of Users appears.  
icon under Administrator Tools.  
2. Click on the hypertext link in the Edit User column for the User you want to  
manage.  
The Modify/View User screen appears with the Settings tab displayed.  
If you have not yet typed an email address for this user, type it into the Email  
Address field.  
3. Click on the Event Selection tab.  
The image above was shortened to fit into the available space.  
86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
4. Select the alert events you want reported via email. To save time and effort,  
check Critical Events, All Events, or the component-specific boxes.  
See page 79 for a list of events and their meanings.  
5. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The User list appears again. Your changes take effect immediately.  
Software Management  
•
•
•
•
Web Server (below)  
Email (page 88)  
•
•
Refresh Time (page 91)  
Restart Tomcat Service (Windows)  
(page 91)  
Firmware Update (page 89)  
TFTP Server (page 90)  
•
Security (page 91)  
Click the Software Management  
icon under Administration Tools. The  
Software Management screen appears with the Sevices tab displayed.  
Web Server  
1. Click the Software Management  
2. Click the Web server link or tab.  
icon under Administration Tools.  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
3. Set the Web server parameters:  
HTTP Port  
The port number for unsecure connections. 8080 is  
the default.  
Session Timeout  
Enable SSL  
Timeout interval for HTTP session.  
Enables the Secure Sockets Layer function required  
for a secure connection.  
HTTPS Port  
The port number for secure connections. 8443 is the  
default.  
4. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
If you change the WebPAM PRO security settings, restart the Tomcat service for  
the new parameters to take effect. See Restart Tomcat Service (Windows)  
(page 91).  
Email  
1. Click the Software Management  
2. Click the Email link or tab.  
icon under Administration Tools.  
88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
3. Set the Email parameters:  
ESMTP Enable Check the box to enable eSMTP.  
ESMTP User Name Enter a user name for yourself.  
ESMTP Password Enter a password for yourself.  
Email Server  
Specifies the name of the email server on your  
network.  
Email Subject  
Specifies the “subject line” on email event notification  
messages.  
Event Frame  
Refresh Time  
Specifies the time interval between refreshes of the  
Event Frame.  
4. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Firmware Update  
This tab is used to update the firmware on VTrak subsystems. See Firmware  
Update on page 190 for instructions on how to update VTrak’s firmware.  
1. Click the Software Management  
2. Click the Firmware Update tab.  
icon under Administration Tools.  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
3. Enter the name of the firmware upgrade *.img file in the Select Firmware  
field.  
4. Check the boxes beside the subsystems whose firmware you want to  
update.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
TFTP Server  
The TFTP Server tab enables you to designate a TFTP directory and port  
number on the server where the WebPAM PRO Utility Server is running.  
The WebPAM PRO firmware update function goes to the TFTP directory to  
retrieve the firmware update file.  
1. Click the Software Management  
2. Click the TFTP Server link or tab.  
icon under Administration Tools.  
3. Enter a TFTP directory name.  
4. Enter at TFTP Port number.  
5. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Refresh Time  
This tab sets the refresh interval for the Event Frame.  
1. Click the Software Management  
2. Click the Refresh Time tab.  
icon under Administration Tools.  
3. Enter the refresh interval in seconds.  
4. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Restart Tomcat Service (Windows)  
When you make changes to the WebPAM PRO Security settings, you must  
restart the Tomcat service—on the the PC or fileserver where the Utility Server is  
installed—for your changes to take effect.  
1. Right-click on the My Computer icon and select Manage from the popup  
menu. The Computer Management window opens.  
2. Click on the + beside Services and Applications to expand the tree.  
3. Click on Services. The Services window displays to the right.  
4. In the Services window, right-click on Tomcat and select Restart from the  
popup menu.  
5. Close the Computer Management window.  
Security  
Security features use the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) method of encryption. SSL  
is a well-proven method of securing transactions used extensively for e-  
commerce and confidential transactions on the Internet. With security installed,  
you log in using Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS).  
External SSL Security – Applies security to all connections involving the  
Internet or outside your company firewall.  
Security options are invisible to authorized users. At the same time, they ensure  
that information about your RAID remains confidential, and commands and data  
traveling over the network are not altered in any way.  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Promise Technology provides a default certificate for the server as well as for  
internal data communication. However, it is always better to install your own  
certificate for the web server. And, if possible, verify certificate by certificate  
authority like Verisign or Thwate.  
Security options were originally set during installation. They can be changed by  
modifying certain configuration files, discussed below.  
1. Go to directory C:\WebPAM\tomcat\conf\ (this is the default directory) on the  
webserver host and open file server.xml.  
2. Modify the file so that it agrees with the example above. This configuration  
activates the 8080 (non-secure) and 8443 (secure) ports.  
3. Save the file.  
4. Restart the Tomcat service for the new parameters to take effect. See  
page 91.  
Subsystem Management  
•
•
Events (below)  
•
User Rights (page 94)  
Connection Status (page 94)  
Events  
The Subsystem–Events tab lists the content of the Log File. The Log file records  
all actions on this subsystem for use in management and troubleshooting.  
You can set the number of events to display per page from the dropdown menu.  
A smaller number of events will take up less room on the screen.  
Click on the Previous Events and Next Events buttons at the bottom of the  
page to navigate though the events.  
92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
To save the Log File:  
1. Log in as the Administrator.  
2. Click on the Subsystem  
3. Click on the Events tab.  
icon.  
4. From on the Events tab dropdown menu, select Save Logfile.  
5. In the Save Event box, type a file name for the Logfile.  
The name can contain up to 40 characters, letter and numbers only, no  
spaces.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
7. In the confirmation box, click the Close button.  
The Log file is saved as a text file and placed in the log directory of the PC/  
Server running the Utility Server software.  
For Windows, the log directory is: C:\WINDOWS\system32.  
For Linux, Mac OS X and Solaris, the log directory is: WebPAM\tomcat.  
To delete the Log File:  
1. Log in as the Administrator.  
2. Subsystem  
icon.  
3. Click on the Events tab.  
4. From on the Events tab dropdown menu, select Delete Logfile.  
5. In the Save Log Before Delete box:  
•
•
•
Click Yes to save the file.  
Click No to delete without saving.  
Click Cancel exit without deleting.  
If you chose to save the Logfile:  
6. In the Save Event box, type a file name for the Logfile.  
The name can contain up to 40 characters, letter and numbers only, no  
spaces.  
7. Click the Submit button.  
8. In the confirmation box, click the Close button.  
The Log file is saved as a text file and placed in the log directory of the PC/  
Server running the Utility Server software.  
For Windows, the log directory is: C:\WINDOWS\system32.  
For Linux, Mac OS X and Solaris, the log directory is: WebPAM\tomcat.  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Connection Status  
The Subsystem–Connection Status tab verifies the network connection between  
the server running the WebPAM PRO Utility Server and the VTrak subsystem.  
There are two conditions cited under Connection Info:  
•
Connection is present and functional – WebPAM PRO is connected and  
ready.  
•
No Connection or Connection Failed – Establish or reestablish the  
connection before proceeding.  
If the tab shows No Connection, check the network connections to the VTrak's  
management port and be sure the VTrak is running. It is possible that somebody  
changed the VTrak's Management Port IP address. Use the CLU to verify the  
current IP address. If it has changed, add a Subsystem in WebPAM PRO using  
the new IP address.  
User Rights  
The Subsystem–User Rights tab enables you to check and modify the rights of  
the users on this subsystem. The following table explains User Rights.  
Right  
Creation  
Meaning  
Permission to create, convert and expand a logical drive;  
and make Controller settings  
Deletion  
Permission to delete a logical drive  
Maintenance Permission to rebuild and synchronize a logical drive  
Notification  
Permission to receive notification of events affecting the  
logical drive  
To modify User Rights:  
1. Log in as the Administrator.  
2. Subsystem  
icon.  
3. Click on theUser Rights tab.  
4. Check the boxes to add rights.  
5. Uncheck the boxes to delete rights.  
6. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
The settings shown here for each user also appear under Modify/View User (see  
page 83).  
To add users to, or delete users from the User Rights list, go to the User  
Management function under Administration Tools.  
94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
MP/PDM Settings (page 96)  
VTrak Management  
•
•
Lock Operations (below)  
•
Subsystem Health (page 95)  
Lock Operations  
The VTrak–Lock Operations tab displays lock status and enables you to lock or  
unlock a subsystem controller. The locking mechanism isolates the controller  
during maintenance operations and other periods when you want to avoid  
interruption from other users trying to access the disk arrays or logical drives  
under this controller.  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Lock Operations tab.  
There are three items in the Lock Operations tab dropdown menu:  
•
•
•
Set Lock – Sets the lock on the controller.  
Release Lock – Releases the lock on the controller.  
Release All Locks – Administrator only. Releases the locks on all controllers.  
When the lock is set, the Lock Status reports, for example, "Willie:lock exists".  
Other users see the message, "Willie has lock on this controller". If you move  
your cursor over Set Lock from the Lock Operations tab dropdown menu, a  
popup message reports the same. In these examples, it means that the user  
"Willie" has locked the controller and other users cannot access the controller  
while the lock is set.  
Be sure to unlock the controller when you finish your maintenance procedure, so  
other users are not locked out.  
Subsystem Health  
The VTrak–Subsystem Health tab displays a functional overview of logical drives,  
physical drives and the enclosure. This tab applies to VTrak only.  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Subsystem Health tab.  
There are three items in the Subsystem Health tab:  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
•
•
Logical Drive Health – Logical drives under this controller.  
Physical Drive Health – Physical drives under this controller.  
Enclosure Health – Temperature, voltage, battery condition.  
Functional indicates normal operation. Problems are described in red type.  
Click on the Logical Drive Summary  
icon, Physical Drive  
icon or  
Enclosure icon for more specific information about any problems.  
MP/PDM Settings  
Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media  
on each disk drive. Media Patrol checks physical drives assigned to non-  
redundant (RAID 0) disk arrays, spare and unassigned drives.  
Unlike Synchronization and Redundancy Check, Media Patrol is concerned with  
the condition of the media itself, not the data recorded on the media. If Media  
Patrol encounters a critical error, it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled.  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM) is the migration of data from the suspect disk  
drive to a spare disk drive, similar to Rebuilding a Logical Drive. But unlike  
Rebuilding, PDM constantly monitors your disk drives and automatically copies  
your data to a spare disk drive BEFORE the disk drive fails and your Logical  
Drive goes Critical.  
The VTrak–MP/PDM Settings tab enables you to make settings on Media Patrol  
and PDM. These features apply to VTrak only.  
To enable Media Patrol or PDM:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the MP/PDM Settings tab.  
4. Check the Enable Media Patrol checkbox to enable Media Patrol.  
Uncheck the box to disable.  
5. Check the Enable PDM checkbox to enable PDM.  
Uncheck the box to disable.  
6. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
You can also perform a PDM manually under Disk Array Background Activity.  
Note  
You must enable Media Patrol and PDM on each disk array.  
SCSI Management  
•
•
LUN Settings (below)  
TID Settings (page 98)  
•
Statistics (page 99)  
The SCSI Management–Information tab lists the SCSI Channels for this  
subsystem. SCSI Management applies to VTrak 8100, 12100 and 15110.  
LUN Settings  
The SCSI Management–Console LUN Settings tab enables you make RAID  
Console and TID LUN settings. This feature applies to VTrak 8100, 12100 and  
15110.  
The SCSI RAID Console enables in-band SCSI managment of the VTrak  
subsystem. Neither WebPAM PRO nor the Command Line Utility (CLU) provided  
with VTrak use in-band SCSI technology. This feature is for future use. For  
now, leave it DISABLED.  
The RAID Console LUN is the Controller's SCSI address. LUN stands for Logical  
Unit Number. Essentially it is a subdivision of a SCSI Target ID. The default  
setting for the RAID Console is TID 0, LUN 7. This setting is adequate for most  
WebPAM and RAID subsystem most configurations. If an address conflict occurs,  
you might have to change the Console LUN setting.  
You must have Creation Rights to access this function.  
To make settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the SCSI Management  
icon.  
4. Click on the Console LUN Settings tab.  
5. Check the Enable LUN Settings box to enable the SCSI RAID Console.  
6. For SCSI Channel 1, in the center column, select the SCSI Target ID number  
under which you want to set the Console LUN.  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
You can specify additional SCSI TIDs as needed.  
7. In the right column, select the LUN for the Console.  
8. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for SCSI Channel 2.  
9. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
TID Settings  
The SCSI Management–TID Settings tab enables you add SCSI Target IDs. This  
feature applies to VTrak 8100, 12100 and 15110. The term "Target ID" refers to  
the SCSI address of the two channels on the RAID subsystem. A SCSI bus has  
an Initiator, such as the SCSI card inside the Host PC, and at least one Target,  
such as the Controller and Logical Drives inside the RAID subsystem. Each  
target must have its own address or Target ID number.  
Target IDs can be divided into Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) to extend the  
number of available addresses. The default TID settings for both SCSI channels  
is 0. This setting is adequate for most WebPAM and RAID subsystem  
configurations. If an address conflict occurs, you might have to change the TID  
setting.  
You must have Creation Rights to access this function.  
To make settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the SCSI Management  
4. Click on the TID Settings tab.  
icon.  
5. Select the SCSI Target IDs you want to use on SCSI Channel 1.  
6. Select the SCSI Target IDs you want to use on SCSI Channel 2.  
7. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Caution  
Conflicting ID numbers can prevent WebPAM from connecting to  
the RAID subsystem and/or cause the SCSI HBA BIOS not to  
recognize the Logical Drives. Promise offers a sufficient quantity  
of TIDs and LUNs to avoid any conflict problems.  
98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Note  
The quantity and ID number of Target IDs you select depends in  
part upon how many logical drives you plan to create, how your  
Host PC and RAID subsystem are connected, and how many  
addresses are on the SCSI bus.  
Statistics  
The SCSI Management–Statistics tab displays a tally of Input/Output operations  
and amount of data transactions. These figures are for informational purposes  
only.  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the SCSI Management  
4. Click on the Statistics tab.  
icon.  
The statistics are displayed in this order:  
•
•
•
•
Count (number) of Read input/output operations  
Count (number) of Write input/output operations  
Data volume of Read transactions in Megabytes  
Data volume of Write transactions in Megabytes  
Network Management  
•
Ethernet (below)  
•
Settings (page 100)  
Ethernet  
The Network Management–Ethernet tab displays the current Network settings.  
These settings pertain to VTrak's Management Port.  
To make settings, click on the Port1 link or the Settings tab.  
To access the Network Management–Ethernet tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Network Management  
99  
icon.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
4. Click on the Port1 link or the Settings tab.  
Settings  
The Network Management–Settings tab enables you to make network settings  
for VTrak's Management Port.  
To make settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Network Management  
icon.  
4. Click on the Port1 link or the Settings tab.  
5. Enter the Management Port IP address.  
6. Enter the TFTP Server IP address.  
7. Enter the Subnet Mask.  
8. Enter the Gateway IP address.  
9. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Notes  
•
•
•
For WebPAM PRO to work, you must have the correct  
Managment Port IP address and Subnet Mask.  
The TFTP Server is used to update VTrak's firmware under  
Software Management.  
The Gateway IP address is required if your WebPAM PRO  
network connection includes a gateway.  
Service Management  
•
•
Service (below)  
•
Telnet (page 102)  
SNMP (page 101)  
Service  
The Service Management–Service tab displays the services running with  
WebPAM PRO and their startup types and current status.  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon.  
100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Service Management  
icon.  
4. To access SNMP settings, click the SNMP tab or SNMP link.  
5. To access Telnet settings, click the Telnet tab or Telnet link.  
There are no user settings for CIM.  
SNMP  
The Service Management–SNMP tab enables you to specify SNMP settings.  
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a set of protocols for managing  
complex networks. SNMP works by sending messages to different parts of a  
network. SNMP-compliant devices called "agents" store data about themselves  
in Management Information Bases (MIB) and return this data to the SNMP  
requesters. Event notifications called "traps" are sent to a destination or "trap  
sink" specified by an IP address.  
To enable SNMP:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Service Management  
4. Click on the SNMP tab.  
icon.  
5. Enter a System Name.  
6. Enter a System Location.  
7. Enter a System Contact.  
8. Enter a name for the Read Community.  
9. Enter a name for the Trap Community.  
10. Enter a Trap Sink IP address.  
11. Click the Update button.  
The new trap sink will appear in the list.  
12. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
To delete a trap sink:  
1. In the Trap Sinks list, check the Delete box for the trap sink you want to  
delete.  
2. Click the Delete button.  
3. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Telnet  
The Service Management–Telnet tab lets you enable and disable Telnet service.  
You can use Telnet to run the VTrak Command Line Utility over a network  
connection.  
To enable Telnet:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Service Management  
4. Click on the Telnet tab.  
icon.  
5. Check the Enable Telnet box.  
6. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
To disable Telnet, follow the above procedure but uncheckthe Enable Telnet box.  
Controllers  
•
•
Controller List (below)  
Controller (page 102)  
•
Settings (page 103)  
Controller List  
The Controllers–Information tab lists the controllers for this subsystem. A  
Controller is the device that makes your Promise RAID system work. This  
information is primarily for reference by Technical Support.  
There are no user settings for this tab.  
To access the Controllers–Information tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Controllers  
icon.  
Controller  
The Controller–Information tab lists the information for a specific controller in this  
subsystem. A Controller is the device that makes your Promise RAID system  
work. The information listed here is primarily for reference by Technical Support.  
There are no user settings on this tab.  
102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
To set an alias for this controller or to set VTrak's date and time, click the Settings  
tab.  
To access the Controller–Information tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Controllers  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Controller  
Controller Parameters  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Controller ID – (typically 1).  
Alias – A user-specified name given to this controller.  
Vendor – Promise Technology, Inc.  
Model – Model number of this VTrak.  
Serial Number – Serial number of this VTrak  
Memory Size – Size of VTrak's cache memory in MB.  
Flash Size – Size of VTrak's flash memory in MB.  
NVRAM Size – Size of VTrak's non-volatile RAM memory in MB.  
SEP Hardware Version – Hardware version number of the Storage  
Enclosure Processor (SEP) card.  
•
•
Hardware Version – Hardware version number of the Controller card.  
Firmware Version – Revision number of the currently installed VTrak  
firmware.  
•
•
Firmware Build Date – Date and time setting of the VTrak subsystem.  
Maximum supported numbers:  
•
•
Disk Arrays – Organized collections of physical drives.  
Logical Drives – Entity based on a disk array that the PC's operating  
system recognizes as a single disk drive.  
•
•
Physical Drives – Hard disk drives.  
Dedicated Spares – A hot spare drive available only to a specified disk  
array.  
Settings  
The Controller–Settings tab enables you to specify an alias (name) for this  
controller and set the VTrak subsystem's date and time.  
To set an alias for this controller:  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Controllers  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Controller  
5. Click on the Settings tab.  
6. Enter an alias in the field.  
7. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
To set date and time on the VTrak subsystem:  
1. Follow steps 1 through 5 above to access the Controller’s Settings tab.  
2. Select the month from the dropdown menu.  
3. Select the day from the dropdown menu.  
4. Select the year from the dropdown menu.  
5. Enter the hour of the day (24-hour clock) in the left field.  
6. Enter the minutes in the right field.  
7. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Enclosures  
•
•
•
•
Enclosure List (below)  
Enclosure (page 105)  
FRU VPD (page 105)  
Battery (page 106)  
•
•
•
Buzzer (page 106)  
Physical Drive List (page 107)  
Physical Drive (page 108)  
Enclosure List  
The Enclosures–Information tab lists the information about the enclosures under  
this subsystem. The Status field reports Functional when operation is normal or it  
cites a problem in red.  
If the Status field reports a problem, click on the Enclosure icon (under the  
Enclosures icon in Tree View) for more information.  
To access the Enclosures–Information tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
icon.  
Enclosure  
The Enclosure–Information tab lists detailed information on the status of the  
enclosure for this subsystem. In the diagram, the icons of functional components  
are shown in green. The icons of out-of-specification components are also shown  
in yellow or red. In the tables below the diagram, out-of-specification values are  
shown in red.  
To access the Enclosure–Information tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
4. Click on the Enclosure  
icon.  
icon.  
•
•
•
•
For more information about Field Replaceable Units, click the FRU VPD tab.  
To check Battery condition, click the Battery tab.  
To check the Buzzer setting, click the Buzzer tab.  
To change the Buzzer setting, click the dropdown menu on the Buzzer tab  
and select Settings.  
Notes  
•
•
See Chapter 6 for instructions how to replace a battery or  
FRU.  
To see information on the physical drives in this enclosure,  
click the Physical Drives icon under the Enclosure icon.  
FRU VPD  
The Enclosure–FRU VPD tab lists Vital Product Data (VPD) or each Field  
Replaceable Unit (FRU) in this enclosure. This information is primarily for  
reference by Technical Support.  
There are no user settings for this tab. See Chapter 6 for instructions how to  
replace a FRU.  
To access the Enclosure–Information tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon.  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Enclosure  
5. Click on the FRU VPD tab.  
Battery  
The Enclosure–Battery tab reports on the condition of VTrak's cache backup  
battery. Battery Information displays battery temperature, capacity and voltage.  
The Advanced Battery Information lists Vital Product Data (VPD), which is  
primarily for reference by Technical Support.  
There are no user settings for this tab. See Chapter 6 for instructions how to  
replace a battery.  
To access the Enclosure–Information tab:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Enclosure  
5. Click on the Battery tab.  
Buzzer  
The Enclosure–Buzzer tab reports on the audible alarm setting. VTrak's audible  
alarm has four signals:  
•
Beep-beep, beep-beep, beep-beep: Indicates that one or more Logical  
Drives is Critical.  
•
•
•
Beep. Beep. Beep: Indicates that one or more Logical Drives is Rebuilding.  
Beep-beep-beep, beep-beep-beep: Indicates a problem with an FRU.  
10 second continuous beep: Indicates that one or more Logical Drives is  
Offline.  
The audible alarm has a Silence function which stops it from sounding for the  
current event only. If another event happens, the buzzer will sound again.  
To change audible alarm setting:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon.  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Enclosure  
5. Click on the Buzzer tab.  
6. Click the dropdown menu on the Buzzer tab and select Settings.  
The buzzer settings tab appears.  
•
•
Check the Enable box to enable the buzzer. Uncheck the box to disable.  
Check the Silence box in to stop the Buzzer for the current event only.  
7. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Physical Drive List  
The Physical Drives–Information tab gives a description and reports the status of  
the hard disk drives in this enclosure. To access the physical drives list:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
4. Click on the Enclosure  
icon.  
icon.  
5. Click on the Physical Drives  
icon.  
Enclosure Front View  
The Enclosure Front View shows the enclosure locations of the physical drives.  
Move your cursor over the physical drive in the list and the location is highlighted  
in the diagram.  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Physical Drive Information  
•
Slot No – This is the Controller channel ID number to which this physical  
drive is attached. If you have a drive on a channel but it does not appear in  
WebPAM, there is a bad connection.  
•
•
Physical Drive Model – The drive manufacturer's identification.  
Physical Drive Capacity – The effective data storage capacity in gigabytes.  
This is total capacity, not available capacity.  
•
Physical Drive Status – The functional status of an individual disk drive.  
•
•
Functional means normal.  
Disk is being rebuilt means this drive is the Target Drive of the rebuild  
operation that is in progress.  
•
Disk Offline means this drive is not available for use due to an error. See  
Rebuild Logical Drive.  
•
•
Status – Refers to assignable status of an individual disk drive.  
•
•
•
•
Free means available for use in a Disk Array.  
Assigned means that it currently belongs to the Disk Array shown.  
Spare means it has been designated as a Hot Spare.  
Error means not available due to a problem with this physical drive.  
S.M.A.R.T. Status – This refers to Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting  
Technology, a form of predictive failure analysis that examines disk drive  
behavior for indications of a coming failure.  
•
•
Healthy means there are no indications of trouble.  
Alert means there have been indications that the disk drive could fail  
soon. If you see an alert, back up your data, then remove and test the  
disk drive.  
•
Disabled means the SMART has been disabled or is not a feature of this  
disk drive. You must enable SMART function for each Logical Drive.  
To see more information about a specific disk drive, click on its  
icon.  
Physical Drive  
The Physical Drive–Information tab gives a description and reports the status of  
the hard disk drives (physical drives) in the enclosure. To access a physical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
icon.  
3. Click on the Enclosures  
4. Click on the Enclosure  
icon.  
icon.  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
5. Click on the Physical Drives  
6. Click on the Physical Drive  
Enclosure Front View  
icon.  
icon.  
The Enclosure Front View shows the enclosure location of the physical drive.  
Physical Drive Information  
•
•
Physical Drive Model – The drive manufacturer's identification.  
Physical Drive Status – The functional status of this drive.  
•
•
Functional means normal.  
Disk is being rebuilt menas this drive is the Target Drive of the rebuild  
operation that is in progress.  
•
Disk Offline means this drive is not available for use due to an error. See  
Rebuild Disk Array.  
•
•
Physical Drive Size – The effective data storage capacity in gigabytes. This  
is total capacity, not available capacity.  
Mode Setting – The performance level (data transfer speed) at which the  
physical drive is running. This statistic applies to Parallel ATA disk drives  
only. If a mode setting is reported for a Serial ATA drive, disregard it.  
•
Assignment – Refers to assignable status of an individual disk drive.  
•
•
•
•
Free means available for use in a Disk Array.  
Assigned means this drive currently belongs to a Disk Array.  
Spare means this drive is designated as a Hot Spare.  
Error means this drive is not available due to a problem.  
•
•
ID – The Controller channel ID number to which this physical drive is  
attached. If you have a drive on a channel but it does not appear in  
WebPAM, there is a bad connection.  
S.M.A.R.T. Status – Refers to Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting  
Technology, a form of predictive failure analysis that examines disk drive  
behavior for indications of a coming failure.  
•
•
Healthy means there are no indications of trouble.  
Alert means there have been indications that the disk drive could fail  
soon. If you see an alert, back up your data, then remove and test the  
disk drive.  
•
Disabled means the SMART has been disabled or is not a feature of this  
disk drive. You must enable SMART function for each Logical Drive.  
•
Firmware Version – This refers to the version of the firmware on the disk  
drive.  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
Serial Number – This is the manufacturer's serial number for this disk drive.  
This feature allows you to obtain the number for warranty or support  
purposes without removing it from the enclosure.  
•
•
Read / Write Counts – A record of the number of input/output transactions.  
Read / Write Transactions – A record of the volume of data in Megabytes.  
Disk Arrays  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Disk Array List (below)  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Background Activity (page 121)  
Scheduler (page 122)  
Create a Disk Array (page 111)  
Delete Disk Array (page 116)  
Disk Array Information (page 117)  
Disk Array Settings (page 119)  
Create Logical Drive (page 120)  
Delete Logical Drive (page 121)  
Logical Drive List (page 123)  
Logical Drive (page 124)  
Logical Drive LUN Settings (page 126)  
Logical Drive Alias (page 127)  
Physical Drives (page 127)  
Disk Array List  
The Disk Array Group–Information tab displays a list of disk arrays along with  
their status and capacity. A disk array is a collection of physical drives in a RAID.  
Logical drives are made from disk arrays.  
To access the Disk Array list:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
Click on the Disk Arrays  
Disk Array Parameters  
•
Device ID – This is the ID number assigned by WebPAM PRO for an  
individual disk array.  
•
•
•
Alias – A user-specified name for the disk array.  
Status – This refers to functional status of this disk array.  
Configurable Capacity – This is the data storage capacity available for new  
and existing logical drives.  
•
Free Capacity – This is the data storage capacity available for new logical  
drives.  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Create a Disk Array  
A disk array is a collection of physical drives in a RAID. Logical drives are made  
from disk arrays. To access the Disk Array tab:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Create tab.  
icon.  
There are three ways to create a new disk array:  
•
Automatic – Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters.  
Makes one logical drive automatically  
•
Express – You choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifiying  
the characteristics you want. You can create multiple logical drives at the  
same time, however they will all be identical  
•
Advanced – You directly specify all parameters for a new disk array. Makes  
one logical drive automatically. You can create additional logical drives at a  
later time  
Click the radio button of the method you want then click the Next button.  
Or select one of these methods from the dropdown menu in the Create tab.  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Automatic Option  
The Disk Array Automatic Creation option enables you to create a new disk array  
following a default set of parameters. One logical drive will be made automatically  
when you create the disk array.  
When you choose the Automatic option, the following parameters display:  
•
Disk Arrays – The number of physical drives in the disk array, their ID  
numbers, configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be  
created  
•
•
Logical Drives – The ID number of the logical drive(s), their RAID level,  
capacity and stripe size  
Spare Drives – The physical drive ID number of the dedicated hot spare  
assigned to this disk array  
1. Review the parameters. If you accept them, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, use the Express or Advanced  
option to create your disk array.  
2. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab.  
Proceed to Create Logical Drive (page 120).  
Express Option  
The Disk Array Express Creation option enables you to choose the parameters  
for a new disk array by specifiying the characteristics you want. With this method,  
you can create multiple logical drives at the same time you create your disk array.  
However, all of the logical drives will be the same.  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
To create a new disk array:  
1. Check the boxes to select any one or combination of the following:  
•
•
•
•
Redundancy – The array will remain available if a physical drive fails  
Capacity – The greatest possible amount of data capacity  
Performance – The highest possible read/write speed  
Spare Drive – A hot spare drive  
2. In the Number of Logical Drives field, type the number of logical drives you  
want to make from this disk array.  
The maximum possible number of logical drives appears to the right of this  
field.  
3. From the Application Type menu, select an application that best describes  
your intended use for this disk array: File Server  
•
•
•
Video Stream  
Transaction Data  
Transaction Log  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
Other  
4. Click the Update button.  
Or check the Automatic Update box and updates will occur automatically.  
The following parameters display:  
•
Disk Arrays – The number of physical drives in the disk array, their ID  
numbers, configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be  
created  
•
•
Logical Drives – The ID number of the logical drive(s), their RAID level,  
capacity and stripe size  
Spare Drives – The physical drive ID number of the dedicated hot spare  
assigned to this disk array  
5. If you accept these parameters, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, review and modify your selections  
in the previous steps.  
6. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab.  
Proceed to Create Logical Drive (page 120).  
Advanced Option  
The Disk Array Advanced Creation option enables you to directly specify all  
parameters for a new disk array. One logical drive will be made automatically  
when you create the disk array. If you select less than the total available capacity,  
you can use the remaining space to create additional logical drives at a later time.  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
To create a new disk array:  
1. Enter a name for the disk array in the field provided.  
2. Check the box to enable initialization, if desired.  
If you checked the initialization box, select the type of initialization from the  
dropdown menu.  
•
Quick – Erases the reserve sectors of the physical drives being added  
to the disk array.  
•
Full – Erases all sectors of the physical drives being added to the disk  
array.  
3. Highlight physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list and  
press the >> button to move them to the Selected list.  
You can also double-click them to move them.  
4. When you are done, click the Next button.  
5. Choose a RAID level from the dropdown menu.  
The choice of RAID levels depends on the number of physical drives you  
selected.  
6. Specify a Capacity and the unit of measure (MB, GB, TB).  
This value will be the data capacity of the first logical drive in your new disk  
array. If you specify less than disk array's maximum capacity, the remainder  
will be available for additional logical drives which you can create later.  
7. Specify a Stripe size from the dropdown menu.  
4, 8, 16, 32 and 64 KB are available, 64 KB is the default.  
8. Click the Next button.  
The Creation Summary lists the disk array information you specified.  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
9. If you accept these parameters, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, review and modify your selections  
in the previous steps.  
10. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab.  
Proceed to Create Logical Drive (page 120).  
Delete Disk Array  
Caution  
When you delete a disk array, you delete all the logical drives and  
the data they contain. Back up all important data before deleting a  
disk array.  
To delete a disk array, do the following:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Delete tab.  
icon.  
5. Check the box to the left of the disk array you want to delete.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
7. Click the OK in the confirmation box.  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
The selected disk array disappears from the Disk Array List on the Information  
tab.  
Disk Array Information  
The Disk Array–Information tab gives a description and reports the status of the  
physical drives and logical drives that belong to this disk array. A disk array is a  
collection of physical drives in a RAID. Logical drives are made from disk arrays.  
To access a disk array:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
icon.  
If you have used previous versions of WebPAM PRO, you may be unfamiliar with  
the term "disk array". In earlier versions of WebPAM PRO, disk arrays ad logical  
drives were created and managed as a single entity called “logical drive”.  
In the latest version of WebPAM PRO, disk arrays and logical drives are created  
separately. This change offers much greater flexibility in logical drive  
management. As a result of the change, many of the features previously  
associated with logical drives, such as RAID level, migration, synchronization  
and rebuilding are now managed under disk arrays. They are the same functions  
as before.  
Enclosure Front View  
The Enclosure Front View shows the enclosure location of the physical drives  
that belong to this disk array.  
Disk Array Information  
•
Disk Array ID – This is the ID number assigned by WebPAM PRO for this  
disk array.  
•
•
Alias – A user-specified name for the disk array.  
Operational Status – Functional, Synchronizing, Rebuilding, Critical, or  
Offline (see definitions below).  
•
•
•
Configurable Capacity – This is the data storage capacity available for new  
and existing logical drives.  
Free Capacity – This is the data storage capacity available for new logical  
drives.  
Number of Physical Drives – The number of physical drives that belong to  
this disk array.  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
Number of Logical Drives – The number of logical drives that belong to this  
disk array.  
•
•
Supported RAID Level – The RAID level of this disk array.  
Physical Drives in the Disk Array  
•
Slot No. – This is the slot number of a physical drive that belongs to this  
disk array.  
•
•
•
Model – The physical drive's model name from the manufacturer.  
Type – Serial ATA (SATA) or Parallel ATA (PATA).  
Configurable Capacity – This is the available data storage capacity of  
this physical drive.  
•
Status – This refers to functional status of this physical drive.  
•
•
Functional means normal.  
Disk is being rebuilt means this drive is the Target Drive of the  
rebuild operation that is in progress.  
•
Disk Offline means this drive is not available for use due to an error.  
See Rebuild Disk Array.  
•
Logical Drives in the Disk Array  
•
Device ID – This is the ID number of a logical drive that belongs to this  
disk array.  
•
•
•
Alias – A user-specified name for this logical drive.  
RAID Level – This is the RAID level of this logical drive.  
Capacity – This is the available data storage capacity of this physical  
drive.  
•
Status – Functional, Synchronizing, Rebuilding, Critical, or Offline (see  
definitions below).  
Disk Array and Logical Drive Status Definitions  
•
Functional – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a logical drive  
is Functional, it is ready for immediate use. For RAID Levels other than RAID  
0 (Striping), the logical drive has full redundancy.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy in the  
logical drive. When an logical drive is Synchronizing, it will function and your  
data is available. However, access will be slower due to the synchronizing  
operation.  
•
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has been  
replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore  
redundancy (fault tolerance). When a logical drive is rebuilding, it will  
function and your data is available. However, access will be slower due to  
the rebuilding operation.  
118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
•
•
Critical – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure. A  
Critical logical drive will still function and your data is still available. However,  
the logical drive has lost redundancy (fault tolerance). You must determine  
the cause of the problem and correct it.  
Offline – This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive  
failure. An Offline logical drive is not accessable but some or all of your data  
may remain intact. You must determine the cause of the problem and correct  
it.  
Disk Array Settings  
The Disk Array–Settings tab enables you to make settings for an individual disk  
array. This tab applies to VTrak models only.  
To access a disk array settings:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click the Settings tab.  
6. Enter an alias in the field.  
7. Check the box to enable Auto Rebuild.  
8. Check the box to enable SMART check on the hard disk drives.  
9. Check the box to enable the hard disk drives' write caches.  
10. Check the box to set the VTrak's cache to Write Back operation.  
11. Uncheck to set the cache to Write Through operation.  
12. From the popup menu, select High or Low for Rebuild priority.  
13. From the popup menu, select High or Low for Synchronize priority.  
14. From the popup menu, select High or Low for Migration priority.  
•
A High priority allocates more subsystem resources to this function and  
less for regular read/write operation.  
•
A Low setting allocates more resources to read/write operations but can  
cause the function to take longer to complete.  
15. Check the box to enable PDM Auto Start.  
16. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Important  
You must enable Media Patrol and PDM on the VTrak in order for  
them to work on your disk array.  
Create Logical Drive  
When you create a disk array, you automatically create one logical drive also. If  
the initial logical drive used less than the full capacity of the disk array, you can  
create additional logical drives from the same disk array.  
To create a logical drive:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
icon.  
5. Click on the Create LD tab.  
6. Enter an alias (name) in the field.  
7. Enter a capacity and select unit of measure (MB, GB, TB).  
The default value is the available capacity of the disk array. You can use this  
value or any lesser amount.  
8. Click the Submit button when you are finished.  
The new logical drive appears in the Logical Drive List on the Information tab.  
In order to use this logical drive to read and write data, you must partition and  
format it using the Host PC’s operating system.  
120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Delete Logical Drive  
Caution  
When you delete a logical drive, all the data it contains is also  
deleted. Back up all important data before deleting a logical drive.  
The Disk Array–Delete LD tab enables you to delete a logical drive under this  
disk array.  
To delete a logical drive:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click on the Delete LD tab.  
6. Check the box to the left of the logical drive you want to delete.  
7. Click the Submit button.  
8. Click OK in the confirmation box.  
The selected logical disappears from the Logical Drive List on the Information  
tab.  
Background Activity  
The Disk Array–Backgound Activity tab reports the background activies currently  
running. Normally, you will not be aware that these processes are running  
because the subsystem continues to function. To access background activity:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
icon.  
5. Click on the Background Activity tab.  
The Background activities include:  
•
Migration – To migrate a disk array is to change its RAID level. In some  
cases, it is necessary to increase the number of physical drives in the array  
in order to achieve the target RAID level. The action of adding disk drives to  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
an array is called "expansion". Because migration and expansion are closely  
related, the Migration feature handles both. Note that the available target  
RAID levels depend on the number physical drives in the current array and  
the number of free physical drives.  
•
•
•
•
Manual Rebuild – When you rebuild a fault-tolerant disk array, you are  
actually rebuilding the data on one disk drive. Normally, a disk array would  
rebuild itself after going Critical. However, if the Auto Rebuild function is  
disabled, you must initiate the procedure.  
Synchronization – Synchronization is a routine maintenance procedure for  
fault-tolerant disk arrays (those with redundancy) that ensures all the data  
matches exactly. You can initiate this procedure automatically through the  
Synchronization Schedule. See Scheduler, below.  
Redundancy Check – Redundancy Check is a routine maintenance  
procedure for fault-tolerant disk arrays(those with redundancy) that ensures  
all the data matches exactly. Unlike Synchronization, Redundancy Check  
only checks and reports, it does not correct inconsistencies.  
PDM – Predictive Data Migration (PDM) is the migration of data from the  
suspect disk drive to a spare disk drive, similar to Rebuilding a fault-tolerant  
disk array. Unlike Rebuilding a Logical Drive, PDM copies your data to a  
spare disk drive before the original disk drive fails and your Logical Drive  
goes Critical. You can configure PDM to run automatically.  
Fault-tolerant disk arrays include RAID 1, 3, 5, 10 and 50. RAID 0 and JBOD are  
not fault-tolerant. For more information, see Chapter 7.  
Scheduler  
The Disk Array–Scheduler tab enables you to schedule synchronization for an  
individual disk array. Synchronization is a routine maintenance procedure for  
fault-tolerant disk arrays (those with redundancy) that ensures all the data  
matches exactly. You can also initiate synchronization manually. See  
Background Activity, above.  
To set the scheduler:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
icon.  
5. Click on the Scheduler tab.  
6. From the dropdown menu on the Scheduler tab, select Array  
Synchronization.  
122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
The Scheduler Information window appears.  
7. Click the radio button to select the time interval (minute, hour, day, week,  
month).  
8. Make your settings.  
•
For minute and hour intervals, specify the time period (30 to 59 minutes,  
1 to 23 hours).  
•
For day, week and month intervals, specify the start time (using a 24-  
hour clock).  
•
•
For week intervals, specify a day of the week from the dropdown menu.  
For month intervals, specify a day of the month from the dropdown  
menu.  
9. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
The new scheduler settings will appear in the Scheduler tab.  
To turn off the scheduler and disable scheduled synchronization:  
1. Repeat steps 1 through 5 above.  
2. Click on the Disable Logical Drive Synchronization Schedule radio button.  
3. Click the Submit button.  
Logical Drive List  
The Logical Drives–Information tab gives a description and reports the status of  
the logical drives that belong to this disk array. A disk array is a collection of  
physical drives in a RAID. Logical drives are made from disk arrays. The PC's  
operating system recognizes the logical drive as if it were a single physical drive.  
You can write data to and read data from a logical drive in the VTrak enclosure as  
if it were a physical drive inside the PC.  
To see the logical drives under a disk array:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
Click on the Logical Drives  
Logical Drive Parameters  
•
Device ID – The unique ID number for each logical drive.  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
•
Alias – A user-specified name for the logical drive. If the logical drive was  
created at the same time as its disk array, it will have the same alias.  
RAID Level – The RAID of the logical drive. If the logical drive was created  
at the same time as its disk array, it will have the same RAID level  
•
•
•
Disk Array ID – The disk array ID number to which this logical drive belongs.  
Stripe – The stipe block size of this logical drive specified at its creation.  
Status – The operating condition of a logical drive.  
•
OK / Functional – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a  
logical drive is OK / Functional, it is ready for immediate use. For RAID  
Levels other than RAID 0 (Striping), the logical drive has full  
redundancy.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy  
in the logical drive. When an logical drive is Synchronizing, it will  
function and your data is available. However, access will be slower due  
to the synchronizing operation.  
•
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has  
been replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order  
to restore redundancy (fault tolerance). When a logical drive is  
rebuilding, it will function and your data is available. However, access  
will be slower due to the rebuilding operation.  
•
•
Critical – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure. A  
Critical logical drive will still function and your data is still available.  
However, the logical drive has lost redundancy (fault tolerance). You  
must determine the cause of the problem and correct it.  
Offline – This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive  
failure. An Offline logical drive is not accessable but some or all of your  
data may remain intact. You must determine the cause of the problem  
and correct it.  
To see more information about a specific logical drive, click on its number in the  
Device ID list.  
Logical Drive  
The Logical Drive–Information tab gives a description and reports the status of  
the selected logical drive. A logical drive is a portion of a disk array. The PC's  
operating system recognizes the logical drive as if it were a single phyical drive.  
You can write data to and read data from a logical drive in the VTrak enclosure as  
if it were a physical drive inside the PC.  
To see the logical drives under a disk array:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click on the Logical Drives  
6. Click on a Logical Drive  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
From this tab, you can access the Settings tab to set an alias or the LUN Settings  
tab to specify a SCSI TID and LUN for this logical drive.  
Enclosure Front View  
The Enclosure Front View shows the enclosure location of the logical drives that  
belong to this disk array.  
Logical Drive Information  
•
Logical Drive ID – The ID number assigned by WebPAM PRO for this  
logical drive.  
•
•
Alias – A user-specified name for the logical drive.  
RAID Level – The RAID of the logical drive. If the logical drive was created  
at the same time as its disk array, it will have the same RAID level  
•
Operational Status – The operating condition of a logical drive.  
•
OK / Functional – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a  
logical drive is OK / Functional, it is ready for immediate use. For RAID  
Levels other than RAID 0 (Striping), the logical drive has full  
redundancy.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy  
in the logical drive. When an logical drive is Synchronizing, it will  
function and your data is available. However, access will be slower due  
to the synchronizing operation.  
•
•
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has  
been replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order  
to restore redundancy (fault tolerance). When a logical drive is  
rebuilding, it will function and your data is available. However, access  
will be slower due to the rebuilding operation.  
Critical – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure. A  
Critical logical drive will still function and your data is still available.  
However, the logical drive has lost redundancy (fault tolerance). You  
must determine the cause of the problem and correct it.  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
Offline – This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive  
failure. An Offline logical drive is not accessable but some or all of your  
data may remain intact. You must determine the cause of the problem  
and correct it.  
•
•
Capacity – The data storage capacity of this logical drive.  
Number of Used Physical Drives – The number of physical drives used by  
this logical drive.  
•
Stripe Size – The stipe block size of this logical drive specified at its  
creation.  
•
•
•
Disk Array ID – The disk array ID number to which this logical drive belongs.  
SCSI Channel 1 TIDs – The Target IDs assigned to SCSI channel 1.  
SCSI Channel 2 TIDs – The Target IDs assigned to SCSI channel 2.  
Logical Drive LUN Settings  
The Logical Drive–LUN Settings tab enables you to make SCSI Target ID (TID)  
and Logical Unit Number (LUN) settings for an individual logical drive. VTrak has  
two data channels which use the SCSI protocol. You can select multiple TIDs  
each channel and select multiple LUNs for each TID.  
To make Logical Drive LUN settings:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click on the Logical Drives  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
6. Click on a Logical Drive  
7. Select a TID for channel 1.  
8. Select a LUN for the channel 1 TID.  
9. Select a TID for channel 2.  
10. Select a LUN for the channel 2 TID.  
11. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Click the Information tab to see the TIDs and LUNs applied to this logical drive.  
There are separate TID and LUN settings for the RAID Console. See “LUN  
Settings” on page 97 and “TID Settings” on page 98.  
126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Logical Drive Alias  
The Logical Drive–Settings tab enables you to specify an alias for an individual  
logical drive.  
To specify an alias:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click on the Logical Drives  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
6. Click on a Logical Drive  
7. Click on the Settings tab.  
8. Enter an alias in the Alias field.  
9. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
Physical Drives  
Physical drives under a disk array are the same as those listed under the  
Enclosure except that this list is limited to those physical drives that are used in  
the disk array. See Physical Drive List (page 107) and Physical Drive (page 108).  
Spare Drives  
•
•
Spare Drive List (page 128)  
•
Delete a Spare Drive (page 129)  
Create a Spare Drive (page 128)  
In WebPAM PRO, there are two types of hot spare drives:  
•
Global – Any unassigned physical drive of adequate size can be used as a  
hot spare drive for any disk array  
•
Dedicated – A specific unassigned physical drive of adequate size can only  
be used as the hot spare drive for a specific disk array  
The Global hot spare drive option becomes active when you enable Auto  
Rebuild. See Disk Array Settings (page 119) for this setting. There must also be  
an unassigned disk drive of adequate capacity to replace the failed drive in the  
disk array. This means that the hot spare drive must be equal to or larger than the  
failed drive it replaces.  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
The Dedicated hot spare drive option requires you to designate an unassigned  
disk drive as the hot spare for a specific disk array. This action is described under  
Create, below.  
Spare Drive List  
To see a list of the current dedicated hot spare drives:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Spare Drives  
icon.  
A list of spare drives displays the following information.  
•
•
# – This is the individual number of a spare drive.  
Physical Drive ID – This is the slot number of a physical drive that has  
been designated as a spare drive.  
•
Capacity – This is the available data storage capacity of this physical  
drive.  
•
•
Spare Type – All spare drives under this function are Dedicated spares.  
Dedicated Disk Arrays – The specific disk array to which this spare  
drive is dedicated.  
Create a Spare Drive  
Make these two checks before proceding:  
•
•
Click on the Settings tab under the Disk Array  
Rebuild is enabled (checked).  
icon and verify that Auto  
Click on the Physical Drives  
icon under the Disk Array icon and verify  
the size of the physical drives in the disk array. You will need this information  
to select a physical drive of adequate capacity.  
To create a new dedicated hot spare drive:  
1. Click on the Subsystem icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
3. Click on the Spare Drives  
4. Click on the Create tab.  
icon.  
128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
The Create Spare Drives page displays.  
5. From the first dropdown menu, select the disk array to which the spare drive  
will be assigned.  
6. From the second dropdown menu, select an unassigned physical drive as  
the spare drive.  
Be sure the spare drive is of equal or greater capacity than the largest  
physical drive in the disk array.  
7. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
The new dedicated hot spare drive appears in the list and in the Tree.  
If you did not sucessfully create a spare drive, verify that the selected physical  
drive was lof equal or greater capacity than the largest physical drive in the disk  
array.  
Delete a Spare Drive  
To delete an existing spare drive is to remove the physical drive from service as a  
dedicated hot spare. This action is required if you want to use this physical drive  
in a disk array, for example.  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Spare Drives  
4. Click on the Delete tab.  
The spare drive list displays.  
icon.  
5. Check the delete box beside the physical drive you want to remove from  
service as a hot spare.  
6. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Logical Drive Summary  
•
Logical Drive List (below)  
•
Logical Drive (page 131)  
Logical Drive List  
The Logical Drive Summary is a list of all logical drives in the VTrak enclosure.  
This function lists all of the logical drives together, without the need to navigate  
through multiple disk arrays. The information here is exactly the same as shown  
under the disk arrays.  
To see the logical drives under a Logical Drive Summary:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak icon.  
3. Click on the Logical Drive Summary  
icon.  
Logical Drive Parameters  
•
•
Device ID – The unique ID number for each logical drive.  
Alias – A user-specified name for the logical drive. If the logical drive was  
created at the same time as its disk array, it will have the same alias.  
•
RAID Level – The RAID of the logical drive. If the logical drive was created  
at the same time as its disk array, it will have the same RAID level  
•
•
•
Disk Array ID – The disk array ID number to which this logical drive belongs.  
Stripe – The stipe block size of this logical drive specified at its creation.  
Status – The operating condition of a logical drive.  
•
OK / Functional – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a  
logical drive is OK / Functional, it is ready for immediate use. For RAID  
Levels other than RAID 0 (Striping), the logical drive has full  
redundancy.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy  
in the logical drive. When an logical drive is Synchronizing, it will  
function and your data is available. However, access will be slower due  
to the synchronizing operation.  
•
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has  
been replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order  
to restore redundancy (fault tolerance). When a logical drive is  
rebuilding, it will function and your data is available. However, access  
will be slower due to the rebuilding operation.  
130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: Management with WebPAM PRO  
•
•
Critical – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure. A  
Critical logical drive will still function and your data is still available.  
However, the logical drive has lost redundancy (fault tolerance). You  
must determine the cause of the problem and correct it.  
Offline – This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive  
failure. An Offline logical drive is not accessable but some or all of your  
data may remain intact. You must determine the cause of the problem  
and correct it.  
To see more information about a specific logical drive, click on its number in the  
Device ID list.  
Logical Drive  
The Logical Drive–Information tab gives a description and reports the status of  
the selected logical drive. A logical drive is a portion of a disk array. The PC's  
operating system recognizes the logical drive as if it were a single phyical drive.  
You can write data to and read data from a logical drive in the VTrak enclosure as  
if it were a physical drive inside the PC.  
To see the logical drives under a disk array:  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click on the VTrak  
icon.  
3. Click on the Disk Arrays  
4. Click on the Disk Array  
5. Click on the Logical Drives  
6. Click on a Logical Drive  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
icon.  
From this tab, you can access the Settings tab to set an alias or the LUN Settings  
tab to specify a SCSI TID and LUN for this logical drive.  
Enclosure Front View  
The Enclosure Front View shows the enclosure location of the logical drives that  
belong to this disk array.  
Logical Drive Information  
•
Logical Drive ID – The ID number assigned by WebPAM PRO for this  
logical drive.  
•
•
Alias – A user-specified name for the logical drive.  
RAID Level – The RAID of the logical drive. If the logical drive was created  
at the same time as its disk array, it will have the same RAID level  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
Operational Status – The operating condition of a logical drive.  
•
OK / Functional – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a  
logical drive is OK / Functional, it is ready for immediate use. For RAID  
Levels other than RAID 0 (Striping), the logical drive has full  
redundancy.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy  
in the logical drive. When an logical drive is Synchronizing, it will  
function and your data is available. However, access will be slower due  
to the synchronizing operation.  
•
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has  
been replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order  
to restore redundancy (fault tolerance). When a logical drive is  
rebuilding, it will function and your data is available. However, access  
will be slower due to the rebuilding operation.  
•
•
Critical – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure. A  
Critical logical drive will still function and your data is still available.  
However, the logical drive has lost redundancy (fault tolerance). You  
must determine the cause of the problem and correct it.  
Offline – This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive  
failure. An Offline logical drive is not accessable but some or all of your  
data may remain intact. You must determine the cause of the problem  
and correct it.  
•
•
Capacity – The data storage capacity of this logical drive.  
Number of Used Physical Drives – The number of physical drives used by  
this logical drive.  
•
Stripe Size – The stipe block size of this logical drive specified at its  
creation.  
•
•
•
Disk Array ID – The disk array ID number to which this logical drive belongs.  
SCSI Channel 1 TIDs – The Target IDs assigned to SCSI channel 1.  
SCSI Channel 2 TIDs – The Target IDs assigned to SCSI channel 2.  
132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VTrak Status Indicators (below)  
Drive Status Indicators (page 134)  
Audible Alarm (page 136)  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Physical Drive Management (page 154)  
Disk Array Management (page 160)  
Logical Drive Management (page 172)  
Network Management (page 173)  
SCSI Management (page 180)  
CLU Connection (page 137)  
How to use the CLU (page 140)  
CLU Function Map (page 142)  
Controller Management (page 148)  
Maintenance Menu (Disk Array  
Operations) (page 182)  
•
Event Viewer (page 188)  
Enclosure Management  
(page 151)  
VTrak Status Indicators  
Even though the Command Line Utility offers comprehensive monitoring of  
VTrak, the LED indicators on the VTrak unit provide important status information.  
When the power is switched on, the LEDs on the front of the VTrak will light up.  
SCSI-1  
Activity  
SCSI-2  
Activity  
Controller  
Heartbeat  
FRU  
Status  
Disk Array  
Status  
Power  
Figure 1. VTrak 15110 Front Panel LEDs  
When boot-up is finished and the VTrak is functioning normally:  
•
Controller LED blinks green once per second for five seconds, goes dark for  
five seconds, then blinks green once per second for five seconds again.  
•
•
Power, FRU and Disk Array LEDs display green continuously.  
SCSI LEDs flash green if there is activity on that channel.  
See the table below.  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
.
State  
LEDs  
Steady  
Green  
Flashing  
Green  
Dark  
Amber  
n/a  
Red  
n/a  
Power  
FRU*  
System Off  
System Off  
Normal  
n/a  
Fan or  
Battery  
Problem  
Fan or  
Battery  
Failed  
Normal  
n/a  
Logical  
Drive  
Logical  
Drive Critical DriveOffline  
Logical  
System Off  
No Activity  
Normal  
n/a  
SCSI-1  
SCSI-2  
n/a  
n/a  
Activity  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
Controller System Off  
Normal**  
* Field Replacement Unit. “n/a” means this state does not apply to this LED.  
** Blinks five times in five seconds, five seconds dark, blinks five times again.  
See page 189for more information about field-replaceable components.  
See page 234 for a discussion of critical and offline logical drives.  
Drive Status Indicators  
There are two LEDs on each Drive Carrier. They report the presence of power  
and a disk drive, and the current condition of the drive.  
Power/  
Drive Status  
Activity  
Figure 2. VTrak Drive Carrier LEDs  
134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
The VTrak spins up the disk drives sequentially in order to equalize power draw  
during start-up. After a few moments the LEDs will display as described in the  
table below.  
State  
LEDs  
Steady  
Green  
Flashing  
Green  
Dark  
Amber  
n/a  
Red  
n/a  
Power/  
Activity  
Drive  
Present  
No Drive  
No Power  
Activity  
n/a  
Drive  
Rebuilding  
Drive  
Error  
Status  
Drive OK  
“n/a” means this state does not apply to this LED.  
See page 234 for a discussion of rebuilding and failed disk drives.  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Audible Alarm  
VTrak’s audible alarm (buzzer) has three sound patterns:  
•
•
•
Beep. Beep. Beep. – Indicates that a logical drive is rebuilding  
Beep-beep, beep-beep, beep-beep. – Indicates that a logical drive is critical  
Beep-beep-beep. Beep-beep-beep. – Indicates a problem with a field  
replaceable unit (FRU)  
•
10 second continuous beep – Indicates that a logical drive is offline  
See page 189 for more information about field-replaceable components.  
See page 234 for a discussion of critical and offline logical drives.  
Alarm Settings  
•
•
•
Enable – Sounds for all conditons listed above.  
Disable – Does not sound for any condition.  
Silence – Stops the alarm from sounding for the current event. If another  
event happens, the alarm will sound again.  
To change Audible alarm settings:  
1. From the CLU Main menu, press 9.  
The buzzer options appear.  
----------------------------------------------------  
Buzzer  
1. Silence Buzzer  
2. Disable Buzzer  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
2. Do one of the following:  
•
•
To silence the buzzer (for the current event only), press 1 and Enter.  
To disable the buzzer (off until enabled again), press 2 and Enter.  
Silence/Disable/Enable buzzer(y/n)?>  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm your choice.  
If you disabled the buzzer, repeat the same procedure enable it again.  
136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
CLU Connection  
There are two connections methods for the CLU:  
•
•
Serial – Requires a null modem cable (included with VTrak) to connect the  
serial ports on the Host PC and VTrak  
Telnet – Requires a network connection between the Host PC and VTrak’s  
Management Port.  
Serial Connection  
Before you begin, be sure the null modem cable is connected between the Host  
PC and VTrak, and that both machines are booted and running.  
1. Start your PC’s terminal emulation program.  
2. Press Enter once to launch the CLU.  
Telnet Connection  
If your Telnet connection has not been setup, refer to Chapter 2.  
To start the telnet program,  
1. Go to the command line prompt (Windows) or click the terminal icon (Linux),  
then run:  
telnet 192.168.1.56 2300  
The IP address above is only an example. Use your VTrak's Management  
port IP address. 2300 is the Telnet port for the VTrak.  
The telnet login screen appears:  
Telnet Login  
Please enter your user name>administrator  
Please enter the password for user administrator>*******  
2. Type the user name and password.  
The default user name is administrator. The default password is password.  
The CLU Main Menu appears.  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
There are nine functional groups in the CLU:  
Subsystem Management – Allows you view controller information, change  
parameters, monitor the enclosure, update the firmware and reboot the VTrak.  
Physical Drive Management – Enables you to view disk drive assignments and  
parameters, wipe boot and reserve sectors, change disk drive settings and  
perform diagnostics.  
Disk Array Management – Allows you to view disk array information, create and  
delete disk arrays and logical drives, cache policy, hot spare policy, retry count,  
SMART settings; rebuilding, synchronization and migration priorities.  
Logical Drive Management – Allows you to view logical drive information, name  
logical drives and change LUN settings.  
Network Management – Make Management Port, Telnet, and SNMP settings,  
set IP address for management port, TFTP server and gateway; and set subnet  
mask.  
SCSI Management – Set channel TIDs and Console LUN.  
138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Maintenance – Enable or disable the Maintenance Activity Monitor and Media  
Patrol; migrate Logical Drives; manually rebuild, synchronize, run PDM and  
Redundancy Check on Logical Drives.  
Event Viewer – View the event log.  
Buzzer – Enable, disable or silence the buzzer (audible alarm).  
Exit the CLU  
1. From the Main Menu, press E and Enter to exit.  
2. Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
3. Close the terminal emulation, Telnet or terminal window.  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
How to use the CLU  
All directions begin at the CLU Main Menu. From that point, the keystrokes are  
listed to take you to the appropriate submenu. Depending on your VTrak model,  
some functions require you to specify a Port, Disk Array or Logical Drive by its ID  
number.  
For example:  
Hot Spare Policy - Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
1. Start at the Main Menu.  
2. Press 3 and Enter. The Disk Array Management submenu appears.  
PDM Auto Start option: Enabled  
ID Name  
RAID SBS CAP  
Member PDs Status  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
Daniels Array  
Kirts Array  
5
5
64K 240GB 1,3-4,7  
64K 270GB 2,5-6,8  
Functional  
Functional  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Disk Array Management  
1. Disk Array Auto Creation  
2. Create New Disk Array  
3. Delete Disk Array  
4. Disk Array Properties  
5. PDM Auto Start Option  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>4  
3. Press 4 and Enter. Because there is more that one Disk Array, the CLU asks  
to specify the one you want by ID number.  
Enter the Disk Array ID>1  
4. Press 1 and Enter to select Disk Array ID 1.  
The Disk Array Properties submenu displays.  
Stripe Block Size: 64K  
Disk Array #1 Mapping: GB  
-----------------------------------  
| 100 GB | 100 GB | 39 GB |  
-----------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Name: Daniels Array  
RAID Level:  
5
Member LDs:  
1-2  
Stripe Block Size: 64K  
Capacity:  
SMART Check:  
Retry Count:  
240 GB  
On  
2
Member PDs:  
Cache Policy:  
1,3-4,7  
Write Through  
140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Auto Rebuilding: On  
Hot Spare Policy: Global  
Priority: High(RBLD), High(SYNC), High(Migration), High(RC), High(PDM)  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Disk Array 1 Properties  
1. Create Logical Drive  
2. Delete Logical Drive  
3. Cache Policy  
4. Retry Count  
5. Enable/Disable SMART  
6. Name  
7. Priority  
8. Hot Spare  
9. Auto Rebuilding  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>8  
5. From this submenu, press 8 and Enter to access the Hot Spare Policy  
function.  
Current hot spare policy:  
Global  
Change to Dedicated hot spare policy for LD 1(y/n)?>y  
6. Press Y and Enter to change the Hot Spare Policy to Dedicated.  
The physical drives selection appears.  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
-------------------------------------------------------  
9
11  
12  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0 120 GB  
ST380013AS 80 GB  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0 120 GB  
Enter Physical Drive ID to select.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drive.  
Your input?>9  
7. From this submenu, press 9 and Enter to select the disk drive ID 9.  
The previous screen reappears with disk drive ID 9 selected.  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
--------------------------------------------------------  
* 9  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0 120 GB  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
11  
12  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0 120 GB  
80 GB  
Enter Physical Drive ID to select.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drive.  
Your input?>r  
8. Press R to finish your selection and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Properties submenu displays. Note that Hot Spare Policy has  
changed to Dedicated with the physical drive 9 (PD9) as the hot spare.  
Stripe Block Size: 64K  
Disk Array #1 Mapping: GB  
-----------------------------------  
| 100 GB | 100 GB | 39 GB |  
-----------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Name: Daniels Array  
RAID Level:  
5
Member LDs:  
1-2  
Stripe Block Size: 64K  
Capacity:  
SMART Check:  
Retry Count:  
240 GB  
On  
2
Member PDs:  
Cache Policy:  
1,3-4,7  
Write Through  
Auto Rebuilding: On  
Hot Spare Policy: Dedicated(PD9)  
Priority: High(RBLD), High(SYNC), High(Migration), High(RC), High(PDM)  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Disk Array 1 Properties  
1. Create Logical Drive  
2. Delete Logical Drive  
3. Cache Policy  
4. Retry Count  
5. Enable/Disable SMART  
6. Name  
7. Priority  
8. Hot Spare  
9. Auto Rebuilding  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
This concludes the example.  
CLU Function Map  
The map below is designed to help you navigate to the submenu where each  
function is located. The paths in this map do not activate the functions.  
142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
A
Auto Rebuilding, Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Auto Start, PDM – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
B
Back Plane Box – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Battery – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
Battery Board – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Boot Sector, Wipe – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Buzzer/Beeper – Main Menu  
C
Cache Policy, Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Channel TID, SCSI – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
Circuit Boards, VTrak – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Contact Person, SNMP – Main Menu, 6 Enter, 4 Enter  
Console LUN – Main Menu, 6 Enter  
Controller  
Information, View – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
Label – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
Management – Main Menu, 1 Enter  
Parameters, Modify – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
Create  
Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
Logical Drive – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
D
Date and Time – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
Daughter Board – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Default Settings  
Telnet - Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
Delete  
Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
Logical Drive – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
DHCP, Management Port – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
Diagnostics, Physical Drive – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Disk Array  
Auto Rebuilding – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Cache Policy – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Create – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
Delete – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
Hot Spare – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Media Patrol – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Migrate – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Name – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Properties, Modify – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
PDM Auto Start – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
PDM, manual – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Priority – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Rebuild, manual – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Redundancy Check – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Retry Count – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
SMART – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Synchronize – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Display (List)  
Logical Drives – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
Physical Drives – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
E
Enclosure Management – Main Menu, 1 Enter  
Event Viewer – Main Menu  
Exit – Main Menu  
F
Fan Box – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Fan Speed – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
Firmware Update – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
G
Gateway, Management Port – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
H
Hot Spare Drive – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
I
Information, Controller – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
I/O Statistics, Physical Drive – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
IP Address  
Management Port – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
TFTP Server – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
Trap Sinks, SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter, 6 Enter  
L
Label, Controller – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
LED, Physical Drive, Blink – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 5 Enter  
Location, SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Logical Drive  
Create – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Delete – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Name – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
SCSI LUN – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
Logical Drives, Display – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
LUN  
RAID Console – Main Menu, 6 Enter  
Logical Drive – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
M
Management, Controller – Main Menu, 1 Enter  
Management Port – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
DHCP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
Gateway – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
IP Address – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
Ping – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
Subnet Mask – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
Main Board – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Maintenance Activity Monitor – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Maintenance Management – Main Menu  
Media Patrol, Disk Array – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Migrate Disk Array – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Modify Controller Parameters – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
N
Name  
Disk Array– Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Logical Drive– Main Menu, 4 Enter  
SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Network Management – Main Menu  
P
Parameters  
Controller – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
Physical Drive – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Password, Telnet – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
PDM Auto Start – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
PDM, manual – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Physical Drive  
Boot Sector, Wipe – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Diagnostics – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
I/O Statistics – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
LED Blink – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Management – Main Menu  
Parameters, View – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Remapping Table – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
Reserve Sector, Wipe – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Write Cache – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Physical Drives, Display – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Ping, Management Port – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
Power Supply – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Priority, Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Properties, Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter  
R
RAID Console LUN – Main Menu, 6 Enter  
Read Only Community, SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Reboot VTrak – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
Rebuild Disk Array  
automatic – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
manual – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Redundancy Check, Disk Array – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
Remapping Table – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
Report of Self Test – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
Reserve Sector, Wipe – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Restore Defaults  
Telnet - Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
Retry Count, Disk Array – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
S
SCSI  
Channel TID – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
LUN, Logical Drive – Main Menu, 4 Enter  
Management – Main Menu  
SEP Board – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Self Test, Report – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
Long – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
Short – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
Stop – Main Menu, 2 Enter, 6 Enter  
SFP, Fibre Channel – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
SMART Enable/Disable – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
Contact Person – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Location – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Name – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Read Only Community – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Trap Only Community – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Trap Sinks – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Trap Sinks, IP Address – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter, 6 Enter  
Spare Drives – Main Menu, 3 Enter, 4 Enter  
Subnet Mask, Management Port – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 1 Enter  
146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Subsystem Management – Main Menu  
Synchronize Disk Array – Main Menu, 7 Enter  
T
Telnet – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
Password – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
Enable/Disable – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
Timeout – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
User Name – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
Temperature – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
TFTP Server – Main Menu, 5 Enter  
IP Address – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 3 Enter  
Time and Date – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
Timeout, Telnet – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
Trap Only Community, SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
Trap Sinks, SNMP – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 4 Enter  
U
User Name, Telnet – Main Menu, 5 Enter, 2 Enter  
V
Voltage – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 2 Enter  
VPD Display – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter  
VTrak  
Circuit Boards – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1 Enter, 4 Enter  
Reboot – Main Menu, 1 Enter, 1Enter  
W
Wipe Boot/Reserve Sector – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
Write Cache, Enable/Disable – Main Menu, 2 Enter  
This is the end of the CLU Index.  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Controller Management  
1. From the Main menu, press 1 and Enter, then 1 and Enter again to access  
Controller Management.  
2. Press the number of the option you want plus Enter to move to the next  
submenu.  
•
•
•
•
View Controller Information – Serial and revision numbers, IP  
addresses, cache size  
Modify Controller Parameters – Modify the Controller Label (name)  
and change the date and time  
Firmware Update – Update VTrak’s firmware. See page 190 for more  
information  
VPD – Displays information from these circuit boards: Storage  
Enclosure Processor, Main Controller, Controller Daughter Card,  
Battery, Fans, Power Supplies, Backplane, Backplane Daughter Card  
•
Reboot – Reboot the VTrak subsystem  
View Controller Information  
From the Controller Management menu, press 1 and Enter to view controller  
information.  
---------------Controller Information---------------  
Product: VTrak 15110  
Controller Serial Number: kehhoh  
Controller Label: alias  
Firmware Revision: 02.02.0000.93  
Hardware Revision: 0.1.0.2  
SEP Revision: 2.05  
Telnet: enabled  
DHCP: Enabled  
TFTP Server IP Address: 192.168.10.5  
Date: 1-17-2005  
Time: 1:12:56  
DDR (ECC) Size: 256MB  
SCSI Channel 1 TIDs: 3 4 5  
SCSI Channel 2 TIDs: 6 7 8  
Press Enter key to return  
Modify Controller Parameters  
From the Controller Management menu, press 2 and Enter to assign a controller  
label or change the date and time on the VTrak subsysem.  
148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Controller Label: alias  
Date: 1-17-2005  
Time: 1:15:04  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Modify Controller Parameters  
1. Controller Label  
2. Date and Time  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
Press 1 and Enter to assign a new alias to the VTrak.  
Press 2 and Enter to change the date and time.  
Firmware Update  
See “Firmware Update – CLU” on page 192.  
VPD  
1. From the Controller Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Vital Product Data (VPD) function  
----------------------------------------------------  
VPD Information  
1. SEP Board  
2. Main Board  
3. Daughter Board  
4. Battery Board  
5. Cooling Unit 1  
6. Cooling Unit 2  
7. Power Supply 1  
8. Power Supply 2  
9. Back Plane  
A. Display All  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
2. Press the number of the component whose information you want to see then  
press Enter.  
3. Press Enter to return to the VPD Information menu.  
Reboot  
1. From the Controller Management menu, press 5 and Enter to reboot the  
VTrak.  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
WARNING  
Reboot VTrak 15110 now(y/n)?>y  
Please confirm again, reboot VTrak 15110 now(y/n)?>y  
2. Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm again.  
The VTrak will reboot. You can watch the progress in the Terminal window.  
150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Enclosure Management  
From the Main menu, press 1 and Enter then 2 and Enter to access Enclosure  
Management. Select the component whose performance you want to check.  
Fan Speed  
From the Enclosure Management menu, press 1 and Enter to access Fan  
Speed.  
****************Fan Speed***************  
Fan #  
RPM  
Normal Operational Range  
------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
3
4
5
6
4753  
0
1917  
1928  
1804  
1804  
3750-5250  
3750-5250  
1350-2850  
1350-2850  
1350-2850  
1350-2850  
In this example, Fan 2 is not turning. This condition can cause overheating of the  
VTrak subsystem. A broken fan requires replacement, even if the VTrak  
temperature readings are currently normal.  
Fans 1 and 2 are located on the Power Supplies. As a result, Power Supply 2  
requires replacement even if the power output levels are OK.  
For information on fan replacement, see .page 197.  
Buzzer  
From the Enclosure Management menu, press 2 and Enter to access the Buzzer  
(Beeper). You can also access the Buzzer from the Main menu.  
The buzzer options appear.  
----------------------------------------------------  
Buzzer  
1. Silence Buzzer  
2. Disable Buzzer  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
4. Do one of the following:  
•
•
To silence the buzzer (for the current event only), press 1 and Enter.  
To disable the buzzer (off until enabled again), press 2 and Enter.  
Silence/Disable/Enable buzzer(y/n)?>  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
5. Press Y and Enter to confirm your choice.  
If you disabled the buzzer, repeat the same procedure enable it again.  
Temperature  
From the Enclosure Management menu, press 3 and Enter to access  
Temperature.  
*********************Temperature********************  
Temperature # Celsius Fahrenheit Normal Operational Range  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
3
4
5
6
27  
27  
24  
23  
24  
38  
80  
80  
75  
73  
75  
100  
<= 45 Celsius  
<= 45 Celsius  
<= 45 Celsius  
<= 45 Celsius  
<= 45 Celsius  
<= 55 Celsius  
Press Enter key to return  
Look for a temperature measurement above the Normal Operational Range. An  
elevated temperature can be the result of a failed fan or blocked cooling  
passages. Temperature #6 has a higher range because it is located directly  
above the main controller board.  
Voltage  
From the Enclosure Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access Voltage.  
******************Voltage*****************  
#
Voltage(volts  
Normal Operational Range  
----------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
3
3.39  
5.16  
12.09  
2.96-3.63  
4.48-5.51  
0.76-13.19  
Press Enter key to return  
VTrak has three power buses, 3.3V, 5V and 12V. If a voltage is out of normal  
operational range, there could be problem with the power supply(ies). Note that  
bus voltage is the combined output of both power supplies. Therefore do not  
condemn a power supply based on this voltage reading alone.  
For information on power supply replacement, see page 196.  
Battery  
From the Enclosure Management menu, press 5 and Enter to access Battery.  
152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
***************Battery**************  
Battery Information:  
Voltage: 4.13 volts  
Capacity: 3841 mAH  
Temperature: 29 Celsius (84 Fahrenheit)  
Press Enter key to return  
A battery is supplied with VTrak to power the cache in the event of a power  
failure. When fully charged, the battery can supply power up to 72 hours.  
For information on battery replacement, see page 201.  
For more information on Troubleshooting, see page 221.  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Physical Drive Management  
The term Physical Drive refers to a Hard Disk Drive, as compared to a Logical  
Drive that is made up of one or more physical or disk drives. This manual uses  
the terms physical drive and disk drive interchangeably.  
From the Main Menu, press 2 and Enter to access Physical Drive Management.  
**********Physical Drive (PD) Assignment**********  
ID Name  
Capacity Write Cache Status  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
3
4
5
7
ST3160023AS  
159 GB  
119 GB  
119 GB  
119 GB  
81 GB  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Assigned(LD 1)  
Error  
Assigned(LD 1)  
Assigned(LD 1)  
Free  
WDC WD1200JD  
WDC WD1200JD  
WDC WD1200JD  
Maxtor 6Y080M0  
ST3160023AS  
159 GB  
Dedicated(LD 1)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Physical Drive Management  
1. View Parameters  
2. Enable/Disable Write Cache  
3. Wipe Out Boot Sector  
4. Wipe Out Reserved Sector  
5. Blink Led  
6. Diagnostics  
7. IO Statistics  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
The physical drive assignment lists all disk drives by their placement in the VTrak  
chassis, from left to right, 1 to 15, along with make, model, capacity, write cache  
status and assignment status.  
Status is reported for each disk drive as follows:  
•
•
•
•
•
Free – Not assigned to any logical drive  
Assigned(LD 1) – Assigned to logical drive 1  
Dedicated(LD 1) – Assigned as a dedicated hot spare for logical drive 1  
Error – This drive is present but offline. You cannot use this drive  
No ID number – There is no drive in this channel or VTrak does not  
recognize the drive  
To create a logical drive, see page 165.  
To specify a hot spare drive, see page 168.  
154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
If you know a disk drive is good but VTrak shows an Error, wipe the drive’s  
reserve sector. From the Physical Drive Management menu, press 7 and Enter.  
If VTrak does not recognize a disk drive, check for proper installation into the  
drive carrier and verify that the carrier is properly inserted into the slot.  
View Parameters  
1. Press 1 and Enter to view the parameters of the selected disk drive.  
2. Type the ID number of the disk drive you want to see and press Enter.  
------Physical Drive 1 Parameters------  
Name: ST3160023AS  
Serial Number: 3JS0SZ8Y  
Firmware Version: CQ14  
Maximum LBA: 312319601  
Capacity: 159 GB  
Mode Setting: UDMA 5  
Write Cache Status: disabled  
SMART Status: OK  
Press Enter key to return  
3. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
Enable/Disable Write Cache  
All disk drive write caches are disabled by default. You must enable them  
individually using this function.  
1. Press 2 and Enter to enable or disable the write cache in the selected disk  
drives.  
Enter PD IDs and/or ID ranges>2  
Changing write cache option for PD 2 ...  
Press Enter key to return  
2. Type the ID numbers of the physical drives for which you want to change the  
Write Cache option and press Enter.  
This function simply reverses the current setting of the selected drives. For  
example, it will enable the write caches in all selected drives only if they are  
all currently disabled.  
3. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Wipe Out Boot Sector  
When a disk drive is bootable, it contains a boot sector. In some cases, a boot  
sector is undesireable when the disk drive is used in a logical drive. This feature  
erases the boot sector from the disk drive.  
1. Press 3 and Enter to wipe the boot sector from the selected disk drives.  
Enter PD IDs and/or ID ranges>5  
Total 1 PD has been selected.  
Wipe out boot sector for PD 5(y/n)?>y  
Wiping out boot sector for PD 5 ...  
Press Enter key to return  
2. Type the ID numbers of the physical drives for which you want to cerase the  
boot sector and press Enter.  
3. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
Wipe Out Reserve Sector  
When a disk drive belongs to a logical drive, information about that arrangement  
is stored in the Reserve sector. In some cases, the RAID controller will not use a  
disk drive that has information in its Reserve sector.  
For example, a disk drive that is part of a logical drive fails. If you replace the  
failed drive with a drive that was previously used in a logical drive, VTrak will not  
use it to rebuild the present logical drive. You must erase the Reserve sector on  
the replacement drive first.  
1. Press 4 and Enter to wipe the Reserve sector from the selected disk drives.  
Enter PD IDs and/or ID ranges>6  
Total 1 PD has been selected.  
Wipe out boot sector for PD 6(y/n)?>y  
Wiping out boot sector for PD 6 ...  
Press Enter key to return  
2. Type the ID numbers of the physical drives for which you want to cerase the  
Reserve sector and press Enter.  
3. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Blink LED  
Disk Status LED  
blinks green  
This function causes the Disk Status LED for the specified  
disk drive to blink (right). This action helps you quickly identify  
the disk drive you are working on.  
1. Press 5 and Enter to access Blink LED.  
2. Type the ID number of the disk drive whose LED you  
want to blink and press Enter.  
3. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management  
menu.  
Diagnostics  
This function runs the disk drive manufacturer’s internal diagnostic program and  
reports on remapping due to bad sectors on a free disk drive (not assigned to a  
logical drive). A high level of bad sector remapping signals drive problems.  
1. Press 6 and Enter to access Diagnostics.  
Brief testing status for free Physical Drives:  
ID Self Test  
Remapping  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
3
5
6
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
total 32, used 0  
total 32, used 0  
total 32, used 0  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Diagnostics  
1. Short Self Test  
2. Long Self Test  
3. Detail Report  
4. Remapping Table  
5. Stop Self Test  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
Enter Physical Drive ID>3  
2. Type the Diagnostic operation you want and press Enter.  
The Short Self Test takes up to 60 seconds. The Long Self Test takes up to  
60 minutes.  
3. Type the ID number of the disk drive you want to test and press Enter.  
Note: this test might take up to 60 seconds to complete  
Check results later on using Report menu  
Press Enter key to return  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
4. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
5. Press 6 and Enter to again access Diagnostics.  
The results of the test are displayed.  
Brief testing status for free Physical Drives:  
ID Self Test  
Remapping  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
3
5
6
self test completed  
N/A  
N/A  
total 32, used 0  
total 32, used 0  
total 32, used 0  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Diagnostics  
1. Short Self Test  
2. Long Self Test  
3. Detail Report  
4. Remapping Table  
5. Stop Self Test  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>3  
Enter Physical Drive ID>3  
6. Press 3 and Enter for a detailed report.  
7. Type the ID number of the disk drive you want reported and press Enter.  
Drive Name: Maxtor 6Y080M0  
Drive Ser#: Y3K88AWE  
Self Test Status:  
The previous self-test completed without any error.  
Press Enter key to return  
8. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
If there is a problem with a disk drive, please contact the Technical Support of the  
disk drive manufacturer. Promise is not authorized to support the disk drives  
themselves.  
I/O Statistics  
This function keeps count statistics on the total of read and write input/outputs  
and transactions the disk drives have performed. These figures are for  
information only.  
1. Press 7 and Enter to access I/O Statistics.  
Physical Drives IO Statistics:  
158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
ID Name  
Read Count  
Read TRANS Write Count Write TRANS  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
3
ST3160023AS  
WDC WD1200JD  
Maxtor 6Y080M0  
524434  
625306  
321986  
2516 KB  
3146 KB  
1743 KB  
1048576  
3497525  
2752876  
1066 KB  
2443 KB  
1395 KB  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Press Enter key to return  
Read and Write Counts record the number of input/output transactions.  
Read and Write Transactions record the volume of data in Kilobytes.  
2. Press Enter to return to the Physical Drive Management menu.  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Disk Array Management  
From the Main Menu, press 3 and Enter to access Disk Array Management. This  
are deals with disk arrays and logical drives that you create, in contrast to  
physical drives which are covered under a separate menu.  
PDM Auto Start option: Enabled  
ID Name  
RAID SBS CAP  
Member PDs Status  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
LogDrv1  
LogDrv2  
5
5
64K 239GB 1-2,4  
64K 265GB 3,5,7  
Functional  
SYNC 50%  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Logical Drive Management  
1. Logical Drive Auto Creation  
2. Create New Logical Drive  
3. Delete Logical Drive  
4. Modify Logical Drive Parameters  
5. PDM Auto Start Option  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
The Logical Drive Magement submenu lists all logical drives in the order of their  
creation, along with name, RAID level, Stripe Block Size, Capacity, physical  
drives used and its status.  
Status is reported for each logical drive as follows:  
•
•
Functional – Normal operation  
Critical – A physical drive has failed, the logical drive is available but fault  
tolerance has been lost  
•
•
Offline – The logical drive is offline and unavailable  
INIT x% – Initialization, done at logical drive creation. The logical drive is  
clearing old, unusuable data from the disk drives.  
•
•
RBLD x% – Rebuild, a repair operation. The logical drive is rebuilding data  
or parity to a replacement drive. The target disk drive is cited by ID number.  
The logical drive is available  
SYNC x% – Synchronization, a maintenance operation. The logical drive  
checks the data and parity and corrects inconsistencies. The logical drive is  
available  
•
PDM x% – Predictive Data Migration, a maintenance operation. The logical  
drive moves data from a suspect disk drive to a replacement. The target disk  
drive is cited by ID number. This action anticipates and prevents a disk drive  
failure and resulting Critical Status. A replacement disk drive is required. The  
logical drive is available  
160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
•
•
RC x% – Redundancy Check. The logical drive is checking data to verify that  
redundancy or parity match. Unlike Synchronizing, no corrections are made.  
The logical drive is available  
MP x% – Media Patrol. The logical drive is checking disk drives to verify the  
condition of the magnetic media. Unlike Synchronizing, no corrections are  
made. The logical drive is available  
To create a logical drive, see page 165.  
To specify a hot spare drive, see page 168.  
If you know a disk drive is good but VTrak shows an Error, wipe the drive’s  
reserve sector. See page 156.  
Disk Array Auto Creation  
Use this feature to quickly build a disk array using all available disk drives. You  
specify the RAID level. The other options are chosen automatically. See  
page 205 for a discussion of RAID Levels and the number of drives each  
supports.  
1. From the Main menu, press 3 and Enter to access Disk Array Management.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access the Disk Array Auto Creation.  
*************Logical Drive Auto Creation************  
Total --6-- free Physical Drives  
RAID Mode Options:  
0 - RAID 0 (Striping)  
1 - RAID 1 (Mirroring)  
3 - RAID 3 (Parity)  
5 - RAID 5 (Parity Distributed)  
10 - RAID 10 (Striping/Mirroring)  
50 - RAID 50  
Please enter RAID mode(0,1,3,5,10,50)>50  
The Auto Creation tells you how many disk (physical) drives are free and  
which RAID modes (levels) are possible.  
3. Type the RAID mode you want and press Enter.  
The proposed specifications for the new logical drive appear  
Logical Drive Auto Creation Information:  
Name: LogicalDrive  
Number of Physical Drives: 6  
RAID mode: RAID 50  
Stripe block size: 64KB  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
SMART check: enabled  
Initialization: full  
Create Logical Drive now(y/n)?>y  
4. If you agree with the specifications, press Y and Enter.  
If you disagree, press N and Enter. Then select Create New Disk Array  
(below) and input your own settings.  
This completes disk array creation. Go to Disk Array Properties and select Create  
Logical Drive.  
Create New Disk Array  
Use this feature to manually build a logical drive to meet your own requirements  
or to use less than the full number of available disk drives. See page 212 for a  
discussion of RAID Levels, the number of drives each supports and an  
explanation of the available options.  
1. From the Main menu, press 3 and Enter to access Disk Array Management.  
2. Press 2 and Enter to access the Create New Disk Array.  
**************Define New Logical Drive**************  
Total 8 Physical Drives  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
----------------------------------------------------------  
1
3
4
7
Maxtor 5A250J0  
251 GB  
200 GB  
200 GB  
80 GB  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
ST380013AS  
9
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
120 GB  
11  
12  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
80 GB  
120 GB  
Enter Physical Drive IDs and/or ID ranges  
separated by commas. For example: 1,5,8-15.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drives.  
Your input?>1,3,4,5,9  
3. Choose the physical drives for your logical drive and press Enter.  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
----------------------------------------------------------  
*1 Maxtor 5A250J0 251 GB  
Name  
Capacity  
162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
*3  
*4  
*7  
*9  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
WDC WD2000JB-00FUA0  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
ST380013AS  
200 GB  
200 GB  
80 GB  
120 GB  
80 GB  
11  
12  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
120 GB  
4 Physical Drives have been selected.  
Enter Physical Drive ids and/or id ranges  
separated by commas. For example: 1,5,8-15.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drives.  
Your input?>r  
4. When you have selected all the physical drives, press R and Enter.  
RAID Mode Options:  
0 - RAID 0 (Striping)  
1 - RAID 1 (Mirroring)  
3 - RAID 3 (Parity)  
5 - RAID 5 (Parity Distributed)  
10 - RAID 10 (Striping/Mirroring)  
50 - RAID 50  
Please enter RAID mode(0,1,3,5,10)>5  
The prompt displays available RAID modes.  
5. Type the RAID mode (level) for your logical drive and press Enter.  
Stripe Block Size (4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128) in KB?>64  
Enter the Disk Array name>Daves Array  
Enable initialization(y/n)?>y  
Full or quick initialization(f/q)?>q  
Quick initialization enabled  
6. Type the stripe block size, logical drive name, whether you want initialization  
and if so, quick or full. Press Enter after each input.  
If you chose RAID 1, you will not see a stripe block size. After the last item, a  
list of your logical drive specifications displays.  
Logical Drive creation information:  
Name: Daves Array  
Number of Physical Drives: 4  
RAID mode: RAID 5  
Stripe block size: 64KB  
SMART check: enabled  
Create Disk Array now(y/n)?>y  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
7. Review the list. If you agree with the list, press Y and Enter. If you disagree  
with the list, press N and Enter, then select Create New Disk Array again.  
If you clicked Y, the new disk array appears.  
ID Name  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Daves Array 64K 357GB 1,3-4,9 Functional  
RAID SBS CAP  
Member PDs Status  
1
5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
This completes disk array creation. Go to Disk Array Properties and select Create  
Logical Drive (page 165).  
Delete Disk Array  
Use this feature to delete an existing disk array. Be careful when deleting disk  
arrays. Be sure the disk array you delete is the one you intended to delete.  
1. Press 3 and Enter to select Delete Disk Array.  
Select the Disk Array ID to delete>2  
Delete Disk Array 2(y/n)?>y  
2. Type the ID number of the disk array you wish to delete and press Enter.  
3. To confirm deletion, press Y and Enter. To cancel, press N and Enter.  
Disk Array Properties  
Press 4 and Enter to access the Disk Array Properties menu. If you have more  
than one logical drive, specify the one you want by its ID number and press  
Enter. Above the menu is a table of the current settings for this logical drive.  
Stripe Block Size: 64K  
Disk Array #1 Mapping: GB  
-----------------------------------  
| 100 GB | 100 GB | 39 GB |  
-----------------------------------  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Name: Daniels Array  
RAID Level:  
5
Member LDs:  
1-2  
Stripe Block Size: 64K  
Capacity:  
SMART Check:  
Retry Count:  
240 GB  
On  
2
Member PDs:  
Cache Policy:  
1,3-4,7  
Write Through  
Auto Rebuilding: On  
Hot Spare Policy: Global  
Priority: High(RBLD), High(SYNC), High(Migration), High(RC), High(PDM)  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Disk Array 1 Properties  
1. Create Logical Drive  
164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
2. Delete Logical Drive  
3. Cache Policy  
4. Retry Count  
5. Enable/Disable SMART  
6. Name  
7. Priority  
8. Hot Spare  
9. Auto Rebuilding  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>8  
Create Logical Drive  
A logical drive is an entity made from a disk array that your PC’s operating  
system recognizes as a single disk drive.  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access Create Logical Drive  
Mapping for Disk Array 1:  
-------------  
| #1  
|
| 357 GB |  
-------------  
Maximum allowable capacity is 357 GB.  
Press Enter key to use the maximum capacity  
Or specify capacity in GB for the LD to be created.  
Example 1: 12, this will create a 12 GB Logical Drive.  
Example 2: 5Gx6, this will create 6 LDs, each LD's capacity is 5 GB.  
Note in the Mapping for Disk Array 1 that one logical drive has already been  
created and that 453 GB is available for additional logical drives.  
Your input?>100  
Enter the Logical Drive name>FirstLD  
Enable quick initialization(y/n)?>y  
3. Type the size of your first logical drive in Gigabytes and press Enter.  
Or, to create multiple logical drives of the same size, type the size and  
number of drives as described and press Enter.  
4. To enable quick initialization, press Y and Enter.  
If not, press N and Enter.  
5. The logical drive mapping information appears(below), followed by the Disk  
Array Properties menu.  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Disk Array #1 Mapping:  
------------------------  
| LD #1 | Free  
|
| 100 GB | 257 GB |  
-------------------------  
6. Press R and Enter twice to return to the Main menu.  
In order to use this logical drive to read and write data, you must partition and  
format it using the Host PC’s operating system.  
Delete Logical Drive  
Use this feature to delete logical drives from a disk array. When you delete a  
logical drive, you also delete all the data it contains.  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 2 and Enter to access Delete Logical Drive.  
The logical drives on this disk array are shown in the disk array map at the  
top of the screen.  
Disk Array #1 Mapping:  
----------------------------------------------  
| LD #1 | LD #2 | LD #3 | Free |  
| 100 GB | 100 GB | 100 GB | 57 GB |  
------------------------------------------------  
If you have more than one logical drive, the CLU asks which one you want to  
delete.  
LDs to delete(1, 2, 3)>3  
Press the ID number of the logical drive you want to delete, then press  
Enter. The CLU asks for confirmation.  
Delete LDs(3) now(y/n)?>y  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm deletion of the selected logical drive.  
LD deletion finished  
Press Enter key to return  
4. Press Enter to return to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Cache Policy  
Use this feature to switch the logical drive cache policy between Write Through  
and Write Back. Write Through is more secure but Write Back provides better  
performance. Write Back temporarily stores data in the cache where VTrak’s  
battery protects the data in the event of a power failure.  
166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 3 and Enter to access Cache Policy.  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm. The new policy displays.  
4. Press Enter to return to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Retry Count  
Use this feature to adjust the number of retries the RAID controller allows a disk  
array before it takes the disk array offline.  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 4 and Enter to access Retry Count.  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
4. Type the new retry count and press Enter.  
5. Press Enter to return to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Enable/Disable SMART  
Use this feature to enable or disable the SMART check on this disk array.  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 5 and Enter to access Enable/Disable SMART.  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm The new setting displays.  
4. Press Enter to return to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Disk Array Name  
User this feature to assign a name to this disk array.  
1. From the Disk Array Management menu, press 4 and Enter to access the  
Disk Array Properties.  
2. Press 6 and Enter to accessName.  
3. Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
4. Type the disk array name, up to 22 characters, and press Enter.  
5. Press Enter to return to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Priority  
Use this feature to set the logical drive priorities for:  
•
•
•
Rebuilding  
Synchronization  
Migration  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
•
•
Redundancy Check  
PDM  
A high priority means more system resources are allocated to the Rebuild,  
Synchronize, Migrate, Redundancy Check and PDM function and less to routine  
read/write activity. As a result, the function in progress goes faster but the disk  
array takes longer for reads and writes. A low priority has the opposite result.  
1. Type 7 and Enter to access Priority.  
The CLU takes you through the list of functions one-by-one.  
Current rebuilding priority:  
Current synchronization priority: High  
Current migration priority: High  
Current redundant check priority: High  
Current PDM priority: High  
High  
Change to low RBLD priority for LD 2(y/n)?>y  
2. Press Y and Enter to change Rebuilding priority. Press N and Enter to leave  
it unchanged.  
3. Repeat the same procedure for the other functions.  
After the last function, the Screen returns to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Hot Spare Policy  
A Hot Spare is a disk drive not assigned to a disk array but available to replace a  
failing disk drive that belongs to a disk array. This function enables you to  
designate physical drives as hot spares and to specify the hot spare policy.  
Hot spare policy is either Global or Dedicated. A Global spare can be used by  
any disk array that needs it. A Dedicated spare can only be used by a specific  
disk array.  
1. Press 8 and Enter to access the Hot Spare Policy.  
Current hot spare policy:  
Global  
Change to Dedicated hot spare policy for LD 1(y/n)?>y  
2. Press Y and Enter to change hot spare policy. Press N and Enter to leave it  
unchanged.  
If you changed the policy to Dedicated, the Physical Drives Selection screen  
appears. You must select one drive as the hot spare for this disk array.  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
------------------------------------------------------------  
9
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
120 GB  
168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
11  
12  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
80 GB  
120 GB  
Enter Physical Drive ID to select.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drive.  
Your input?>9  
3. If you change to a Dedicated hot spare drive, type the ID number of one  
available physical drive and press Enter.  
*********Physical Drives Selection*********  
ID  
Name  
Capacity  
------------------------------------------------------------  
*9  
11  
12  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
ST380013AS  
WDC WD1200JD-00FYB0  
120 GB  
80 GB  
120 GB  
Enter Physical Drive ID to select.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drive.  
Your input?>r  
4. Press R and Enter to confirm the hot spare drive policy change.  
The Screen returns to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
Note: Be sure Auto Rebuilding is enabled (below).  
Auto Rebuilding  
Use this feature to enable the automatic rebuilding of a disk array that has gone  
critical. This function must be enabled in order for a hot spare drive to work. See  
Hot Spare Policy, above. To rebuild a disk array manually, see .  
1. Press 9 and Enter to access the Auto Rebuilding Option.  
Enable auto rebuilding for Disk Array 1(y/n)?>y  
2. Press Y and Enter to enable Auto Rebuilding. Press N and Enter to leave  
the setting unchanged.  
The Screen returns to the Disk Array Properties menu.  
PDM Auto Start  
PDM (Predictive Data Migration) is a maintenance operation. VTrak checks  
the bad block remapping table and keeps a count of disk drive errors. When  
these reach the user-specified limits, PDM will migrate the data from the  
suspect disk drive to a replacement.  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
This action anticipates and prevents a disk drive failure and resulting Critical  
Status. The logical drive is available at all times. To perform PDM manually,  
see page 185.  
1. Press 5 and Enter to access the PDM Auto Start Option.  
PDM Auto Start: Disabled  
Enable PDM Auto start(y/n)?>y  
2. Press Y and Enter to enable PDM.  
Current PDM Threshold:  
Remap percentage threshold: 0%  
Error count threshold: 0  
----------------------------------------------------  
PDM Threshold  
1. Remap Percentage  
2. Error Count  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
3. Press 1 and Enter to specify remap percentage.  
Current remap percentage threshold: 0%  
Change the threshold(y/n)?>y  
Enter the new threshold(0~100)>50  
Current remap percentage threshold: 50%  
Press Enter key to return  
4. Press Y and Enter to confirm a Threshold change.  
Remap percentage refers to the disk drive’s bad sector remapping table. The  
table holds 32 bad sector remaps. The percentage indicates how full the  
table must be to trigger PDM.  
5. Type a number between 0 and 100 for remap percentage and press Enter.  
6. Press Enter to return to the PDM Threshold submenu.  
7. Press 2 and Enter to specify Error Count.  
Current error count threshold: 0  
Change the threshold(y/n)?>y  
Enter the new threshold>5  
Current error count threshold: 5  
Press Enter key to return  
8. Press Y and Enter to confirm a Threshold change.  
Error count indictes the number of disk drive errors needed to trigger PDM.  
170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
9. Type an error number and press Enter.  
10. Press Enter to return to the PDM Threshold submenu.  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Logical Drive Management  
Logical drives are created under the Disk Array Managment, Disk Array  
Properties function. This function enables you can specify names and make  
SCSI assignments to existing logical drives.  
Name  
1. From the Main menu, press 4 and Enter, then press 1 and Enter to access  
Logical Drive Name.  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
Enter Logical Drive ID(1, 2)>  
If you have multiple logical drives, specify the one you want by its ID number.  
Current LD 1 Name: LogDrv1  
Enter the new name>Logical Drive A  
Name changed to Logical Drive A for LD 1  
Press Enter key to return  
2. Type a name for the logical drive and press Enter.  
3. Press Enter again to return to the Logical Drive Management menu.  
SCSI Assignment  
Use this feature to change the SCSI LUN assignments for a logical drive. You can  
change the Target ID of the logical drive and specify LUNs for each SCSI  
channel.  
1. From the Main menu, press 4 and Enter, then press 2 and Enter to access  
SCSI Assignment for channel 1.  
Modify TID and LUN for SCSI channel 1, LD 1(y/n)?>y  
2. Type Y and Enter to confirm.  
Enter the new TID (1,2,3)>3  
3. Type the new TID for iSCSI channel 1 and press Enter.  
Enter the new LUN (0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15)>5  
4. Type the new LUN for iSCSI channel 1 and press Enter.  
LUN is set to 5 for SCSI channel 1 LD 1  
Press Enter key to return  
5. Press Enter to move to access SCSI Assignment for channel 1  
Modify LUN for SCSI channel 2, LD 1(y/n)?>  
6. To make a change, press Y and Enter.  
Make the LUN settings for Channel 2 as needed.  
7. Press Enter to return to the Logical Drive Management menu.  
172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Network Management  
From the Main Menu, press 5 and Enter to access Network Management.  
The Network Management menu displays with the factory default settings shown  
above it.  
Network Parameters:  
DHCP: Enabled  
Telnet: Enabled  
TFTP Server IP Address: 192.168.10.5  
SNMP Name: priti  
SNMP Location: usa  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
Network Management  
1. Management Port  
2. Telnet  
3. TFTP Server  
4. SNMP  
5. Ping  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
Management Port  
Use this feature to change the IP addresses for VTrak’s Management port and  
Gateway plus the Subnet Mask. You can make these settings manually. If your  
network has a DHCP server, you can enable DHCP on VTrak and the  
Management Port settings will be handled automatically.  
To enable DHCP:  
1. From the Network Management menu, press 1 and Enter to access the  
Management Port menu.  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access DHCP.  
3. Press Y and Enter to enable DHCP on VTrak.  
4. Press Enter again to return to the Management Port menu.  
To make settings manually:  
1. From the Network Management menu, press 1 and Enter to access the  
Management Port menu.  
The Management Port settings display.  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Management Port IP Address: 10.0.0.2  
Subnet Mask: 255.0.0.0  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Gateway IP Address: 10.0.0.3  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Management Port  
1. DHCP  
2. Management Port IP  
3. Subnet Mask  
4. Gateway  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
2. Press 2 and Enter to select Management Port IP.  
--------Configure Management Port IP address--------  
Current management port IP Address: 10.0.0.2  
Modify management port IP address(y/n)?>y  
New management port IP address>192.168.1.56 (an example only)  
New management port IP address: 192.168.1.56  
Press Enter key to return  
3. Press Y and Enter to modify the management port IP address.  
4. Type the new IP address and press Enter.  
VTrak confirms the new address.  
5. Press Enter to return to the Network Management menu.  
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 to set the Subnet Mask and Gateway IP address  
7. Reboot the VTrak for these changes to take effect.  
Telnet  
Telnet allows you to use the CLU to manage VTrak over a network. The Telnet  
screen looks the same as the CLU screen, except that you have to log in. You  
must enable Telnet on VTrak before you can establish a Telnet connection.  
Enable/Disable Telnet  
1. Press 2 and Enter to access the Telnet settings.  
Current Telnet settings:  
Telnet:  
Timeout: 600 seconds  
Port: 2300  
enabled  
User Name: administrator  
---------------------------------------------------  
Telnet Settings  
1. Enable/disable Telnet  
174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
2. Timeout  
3. Change User Name  
4. Change Password  
5. Reset to Default Settings  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
2. Press 1 and Enter to access enable/disable Telnet.  
Enable Telnet(y/n)?>y  
3. Type Y and Enter confirm.  
You return to the Telnet Settings menu.  
Timeout  
1. Press 2 and Enter to access the Timeout setting.  
The timeout range and current setting display.  
Note: 31536000 seconds equal one year.  
Telnet timeout range in seconds: 60 - 31536000  
Current Telnet timeout: 600 seconds  
Enter the new Telnet timeout in seconds>500  
2. Type the new value and press Enter.  
You return to the Telnet Settings menu.  
Change User Name  
1. Press 3 and Enter to access the user name setting.  
The minimum and maximum name lengths display.  
Minimum user name length is 2  
Maximum user name length is 30  
Enter the new user name>RAIDmaster  
2. Type the new name and press Enter.  
You return to the Telnet Settings menu.  
Change Password  
1. Press 4 and Enter to access the password setting.  
The minimum and maximum password lengths display.  
Minimum password length is 2  
Maximum password length is 16  
Enter the new password>******  
To confirm, renter the new password>******  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
2. Type the new password and press Enter.  
3. Type the new password and press Enter again to confirm.  
Password changed successfully  
Press Enter key to return  
4. Press Enter to return to the Telnet Settings menu.  
Reset to Default Settings  
This action will delete any Telnet settings changes you previously made.  
1. Press 5 and Enter to reset the Telnet settings to the default.  
Reset to default Telnet settings(y/n)?>y  
2. Type the new name and press Enter.  
You return to the Telnet Settings menu.  
TFTP Server  
VTrak uses a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server to download and install  
firmware upgrades. Use this feature to specify an IP address for your TFTP  
Server.  
1. Press 3 and Enter to access the TFTP Server.  
----------Configure TFTP Server IP address----------  
Current TFTP server IP Address: 10.0.0.12  
Modify TFTP server IP address(y/n)?>y  
New TFTP server IP address>192.168.1.122  
2. Type Y and Enter to modify the TFTP server IP address.  
3. Type the new IP address and press Enter.  
VTrak confirms the new address.  
New management port IP address: 192.168.1.122  
Press Enter key to return  
4. Press Enter to return to the Network Management menu.  
For more information on using a TFTP Server and updating Firmware, see  
page 190.  
SNMP  
VTrak supports Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). Use this feature  
to check your SNMP settings and view the SNMP Settings menu.  
Press 4 and Enter to access SNMP.  
176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Current SNMP System Information:  
Name:  
Location:  
Contact person:  
Sonoma  
Promise  
sales  
Read only community: public  
IP addresses of trap sinks:  
#1: 192.168.1.22  
------------------------------------  
SNMP Settings  
1. Name  
2. Location  
3. Contact Person  
4. Read only Community  
5. Trap only Community  
6. Trap Sinks  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Name  
1. Press 1 and Enter to access the SNMP name setting.  
Enter the name>Irvine  
2. Type the new name and press Enter.  
You return to the SNMP Settings menu.  
Location  
1. Press 2 and Enter to access the SNMP location setting.  
Enter the location>My Firm  
2. Type the new location and press Enter.  
You return to the SNMP Settings menu.  
Contact Person  
1. Press 3 and Enter to access the SNMP name setting.  
Enter the contact person>A. Smith  
2. Type the new contact person and press Enter.  
You return to the SNMP Settings menu.  
Read only Community  
1. Press 4 and Enter to access the SNMP read only community setting.  
Enter the read only community>Sales  
2. Type the new read only community and press Enter.  
You return to the SNMP Settings menu.  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Trap Only Community  
1. Press 5 and Enter to access the SNMP trap only community setting.  
Enter the trap only community>Engineering  
2. Type the new trap only community and press Enter.  
You return to the SNMP Settings menu.  
Trap Sinks  
1. Press 6 and Enter to access the SNMP trap sink IP addresses.  
IP addresses of trap sinks:  
-------------------------  
IP Addresses of Trap Sinks  
1. Edit  
2. Add  
3. Delete  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>2  
2. To add a trap sink, press 2 and Enter.  
Enter the new IP address>192.168.1.88  
3. Type the new IP address and press Enter.  
The new address displays in the list.  
IP addresses of trap sinks:  
#1: 192.168.1.88  
-------------------------  
IP Addresses of Trap Sinks  
1. Edit  
2. Add  
3. Delete  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>r  
4. Press R and Enter to return to the SNMP Settings menu.  
Ping  
Use the Ping function to verify a network connection.  
1. Press 5 and Enter to access Ping.  
Ping Test  
Enter the IP address to ping>192.168.10.239  
178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
2. Type the IP address of the network node you which to contact and press  
Enter.  
Number of ping packets(1-30)?>5  
3. Type the number of ping packets you with to send and press Enter.  
--- 192.168.10.239 ping statistics ---  
5 packets transmitted, 5 received, 0% loss, time 4008ms  
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.426/0.466/0.529/0.040 ms  
Press Enter key to return  
If all the packets return, your Ping Test was successful and you know the  
network connection is good.  
4. Press Enter to return to the Network Management menu.  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
SCSI Management  
•
Channel TID (below)  
•
RAID Console LUN (page 181)  
From the Main Menu, press 6 and Enter to access SCSI Management.  
SCSI Channel 1, Initiator 7, TID 0 Transfer Speed: 160 Mb/s  
Channel 1 IO Statistics: read count 524434, read transaction 240 Mb  
Channel 1 IO Statistics: write count 524288, write transaction 0 Mb  
Channel 2 IO Statistics: read count 524434, read transaction 240 Mb  
Channel 2 IO Statistics: write count 524288, write transaction 0 Mb  
SCSI Channel 1 TIDs: 0  
SCSI Channel 2 TIDs: 0  
RAID Console: disabled  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
SCSI Management  
1. Channel TID  
2. RAID Console LUN  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>  
Channel TID  
Use this feature to change or add Target IDs. The TIDs you enter will overwrite  
your previous selection.  
1. Press 1 and Enter to access the SCSI Channel TID settings.  
***************Modify SCSI Channel TID**************  
SCSI Channel #  
TIDs  
------------------------------------  
1
0
------------------------------------  
2
0
Please select the SCSI channel(1-2)  
Press R to return after finished>1  
Want to modify TIDs for SCSI channel 1(y/n)?>y  
Please enter the new TIDs>1,3,5,7,9,11  
2. Type the Channel number and press Enter.  
Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
3. Type the new TIDs and press Enter.  
Remember to type any pre-existing TIDs you still want to use.  
180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
TIDs for SCSI channel 1 changed  
Press Enter key to return  
***************Modify SCSI Channel TID**************  
SCSI Channel # TIDs  
------------------------------------  
1
1
3
5
7
9
11  
------------------------------------  
2
0
Please select the SCSI channel(1-2)  
Press R to return after finished>  
4. Press R and Enter to return to the SCSI Management menu.  
Rather than creating multiple Target IDs, use one Target ID and assign a LUN to  
each logical drive. See page 164.  
RAID Console LUN  
VTrak’s RAID Console is required in order to use In-Band SCSI. The RAID  
Console is disabled by default. This feature is for future use. For now, leave it  
disabled.  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Maintenance Menu (Disk Array Operations)  
From the Main Menu, press 6 and Enter to access the Maintenance menu:  
Maintenance activity Monitor: Running  
ID Name  
RAID SBS CAP  
Operation  
Progress  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
LogDrv1  
LogDrv2  
5
3
64K 239GB RBLD  
64K 265GB None  
27% on 9  
N/A  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Maintenance  
1. Maintenance Activity Monitor  
2. Migrate Disk Array  
3. Manual Rebuild  
4. Manual PDM)  
5. Synchronization  
6. Redundancy Check  
7. Media Patrol  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
The current Operation is reported for each disk array as follows:  
•
INIT – Initialization, done at logical drive creation. The logical drive is  
clearing old, unusuable data from the disk drives.  
•
RBLD – Rebuild, a repair operation. The disk array is rebuilding data or  
parity to a replacement drive. The target disk drive is cited by ID number.  
The disk array is available  
•
•
SYNC – Synchronization, a maintenance operation. The disk array checks  
the data and parity and corrects inconsistencies. The disk array is available  
PDM – Predictive Data Migration, a maintenance operation. The disk array  
moves data from a suspect disk drive to a replacement. The target disk drive  
is cited by ID number. This action anticipates and prevents a disk drive  
failure and resulting Critical Status. A replacement disk drive is required. The  
disk array is available  
•
•
RC – Redundancy Check. The disk array is checking data to verify that  
redundancy or parity match. Unlike Synchronizing, no corrections are made.  
The disk array is available  
MP – Media Patrol. The disk array is checking disk drives to verify the  
condition of the magnetic media. Unlike Synchronizing, no corrections are  
made. The disk array is available  
182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Maintenance Activity Monitor  
The Maintenance Activity Monitor displays the progress of various disk array  
operations on the CLU screen approximately every 15 seconds, as shown below.  
Daniels Array(DA #1) PDM(4->11) 10%  
Daniels Array(DA #1) PDM(4->11) 11%  
Daniels Array(DA #1) PDM(4->11) 12%  
1. Press 1 and Enter to access the Maintenance Activity Monitor.  
Maintenance activity monitor is currently running.  
When any maintenance activity occurs e.g. rebuilding,  
the maintenance monitor will display notification  
message on screen.  
Stop maintenance activity monitor(y/n)?>y  
Maintenance activity monitor stopped now  
Press Enter key to return  
2. Press Y and Enter to toggle the monitor between start and stop.  
3. Press Enter to return to the Maintenance menu.  
Migrate Disk Array  
Use this feature to change the RAID mode (level) or a disk array or to add more  
physical drives.  
1. Type 2 and Enter to access Migrate Logical Drive.  
2. Type the ID number for the disk array and press Enter.  
*******Physical Drives Selection*******  
Id  
Name  
Capacity  
----------------------------------------  
7
8
9
ST3160023AS  
ST3160023AS  
ST3160023AS  
159 GB  
159 GB  
159 GB  
Enter Physical Drive ids and/or id ranges  
separated by commas. For example: 1,5,8-15.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drives.  
Your input?>7,9  
3. Type the ID number(s) for the disk drive(s) you want to add and press Enter.  
*******Physical Drives Selection*******  
Id  
----------------------------------------  
*7 ST3160023AS159 GB  
Name Capacity  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
8
*9  
ST3160023AS159 GB  
ST3160023AS159 GB  
2 Physical Drives have been selected.  
Enter Physical Drive ids and/or id ranges  
separated by commas. For example: 1,5,8-15.  
Press R to continue after you have finished  
selecting Physical Drives.  
Your input?>r  
4. Press R and Enter when you are finished adding disk drives.  
Destination RAID mode selection for LD migration  
RAID Mode Options:  
0 - RAID 0 (Striping)  
1 - RAID 1 (Mirroring)  
3 - RAID 3 (Parity)  
5 - RAID 5 (Parity Distributed)  
10 - RAID 10 (Striping/Mirroring)  
50 - RAID 50  
Please enter RAID mode(0,1,3,5)>5  
5. Type the new RAID level you want for the logical drive.  
A list of possible levels appears in parentheses beside the prompt.  
Migrate Disk Array 1 now(y/n)?>y  
6. Press Y and Enter to confirm disk array migration.  
Press N and Enter to cancel the operation.  
The Screen returns to the Maintenance menu.  
If the Maintenance Activity Monitor is enabled, you can watch the Migration  
progress on your monitor.  
Manual Rebuild  
Use this feature to rebuild a disk array manually. Your system must meet the  
following conditions:  
•
•
•
Auto Rebuilding Option is disabled. See page 169.  
The disk array is Critical  
A free disk drive of equal or larger size is available  
With the above conditions met, proceed with the manal rebuild.  
1. Press 3 and Enter to rebuild a disk array manually.  
2. Choose the ID number of the disk array you want to rebuild and press Enter.  
A list of available, qualified disk drive appears.  
184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
Available free Physical Drive(s):  
1
2
7
Choose the free Physical Drive for rebuilding>2  
Rebuild Disk Array 1 on Physical Drive 2 now(y/n)?>y  
3. Choose the ID number of a free physical drive to rebuild your logical drive  
and press Enter.  
Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
The Screen returns to the Maintenance menu.  
If the Maintenance Activity Monitor is enabled, you can watch the Rebuild  
progress on your monitor.  
Manual PDM  
Preventive Data Migration (PDM) refers to a feature that monitors disk drives and  
replaces an unhealthy disk drive before the logical drive goes critical. PDM can  
run automatically. See page 169.  
PDM for Logical Drive allows you to replace a suspect disk drive manually, while  
keeping the disk array functional and available.  
1. Press 4 and Enter to use PDM on a disk array.  
**************PDM for Disk Array**************  
Id Disk Array Name  
Mode  
Size  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
1
2
Daniels  
Kirts  
RAID5  
RAID3 107 GB  
237 GB  
Select the LD Logical Drive ID for PDM  
Press R to return after finished>2  
2. Choose the ID number of the logical drive for PDM and press Enter.  
A list of disk array member disks appears beside the prompt.  
Enter the unhealthy PD ID(1,5,6)>6  
Enter the spare PD ID(2,3,7)>7  
Start PDM for Logical Drive 1 (y/n)?>y  
3. Choose the ID number of the unhealthy disk (physical) and press Enter.  
A list of available spare disks appears beside the prompt.  
4. Choose the ID number of the spare disk (physical drive) and press Enter.  
5. Press Y and Enter to confirm.  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
**************PDM for Disk Array**************  
Id Disk Array Name Mode Size  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
Daniels RAID5 237 GB  
1
PDM for Logical Drive started  
Press Enter key to return  
6. Press Enter to return to the Maintenance menu.  
If the Maintenance Activity Monitor is enabled, you can watch the PDM  
progress on your monitor.  
Synchronize Logical Drive  
Use this function to verify the integrity of your data across the physical drives that  
make up your logical drive.  
1. Press 5 and Enter to access Synchronization.  
Enter the Logical Drive ID>1  
Start SYNC for LD 1(y/n)?>y  
2. Type the ID number for the logical drive you want to synchronize and press  
Enter.  
Logical Drive SYNC Started  
Press Enter key to return  
3. Press Enter to return to the Maintenance menu.  
If the logical drive was Functional when Synchronization began, you can  
pause and resume the Synchronization process with this same function.  
If the Maintenance Activity Monitor is enabled, you can watch  
Synchronization progress on your monitor.  
Redundancy Check  
Use this function to verify the integrity of your data across the physical drives that  
make up your logical drive.  
1. Press 6 and Enter to access Redundancy Check.  
Enter the Logical Drive ID>1  
Start RC for LD 1(y/n)?>y  
2. Type the ID number for the logical drive on which you want to run a  
Redundancy Check and press Enter.  
Logical Drive RC Started  
Press Enter key to return  
3. Press Enter to return to the Maintenance menu.  
186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with the CLU  
If the logical drive was Functional when the Redundancy Check began, you  
can pause and resume the Redundancy Check process with this same  
function.  
If the Maintenance Activity Monitor is enabled, you can watch the  
Redundancy Check progress on your monitor.  
Media Patrol  
Use this function to verify the integrity of the magnetic media on the physical  
drives that make up your logical drive.  
1. Press 7 and Enter to access Media Patrol.  
Current MP Information:  
MP: disabled  
Percentage: 0%  
---------------------------------------------------  
Media Patrol(MP)  
1. Enable/Disable MP  
2. Pause  
R. Return to Previous Menu  
Please enter your menu choice>1  
Enable MP(y/n)?>y  
2. Do one of the following:  
•
Press 1 and Enter to enable/disable Media Patrol. Then press Y and  
Enter to confirm.  
•
Press 2 and Enter to pause/resume Media Patrol. Then press Y and  
Enter to confirm.  
3. When you are done, press R and Enter to return to the Maintenance menu.  
If the Maintenance Activity Monitor is enabled, you can watch the Media  
Patrol progress on your monitor.  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Event Viewer  
Use this function to review all events in the event queue. This information is  
especially helpful for troubleshooting. The most recent 1024 events will display.  
There is no delete event function.  
1. From the Main menu, press 8 and Enter to access the Event Viewer.  
VTrak 15110 Event Information:  
Timestamp  
Description  
Severity ID  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
10/29/2004 8:59:35 LD 3 deleted.  
10/29/2004 8:59:36 LD 4 deleted.  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
INFO  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
10/29/2004 9:05:25 Created DA Array2.  
10/29/2004 9:05:25 Quick INIT started on DA 2.  
10/29/2004 9:05:25 Quick INIT done on DA 2.  
10/29/2004 9:05:28 LD 17 created on DA 2.  
10/29/2004 9:05:28 Quick Init started on LD 17.  
10/29/2004 9:05:28 Quick Init completed on LD 17.  
10/29/2004 9:07:29 Deleted DA Array2.  
INFO 53  
INFO  
54  
10/29/2004 15:58:48PDM started on DA Array2: 4->11. INFO  
55  
Enter the ID to view event details.  
q: quit, +/k: forward, -/j: backward  
s: start of event queue, e: end of event queue  
c: clear all events  
Your input?>  
2. To move forward in the queue, press + or K.  
To move backward in the queue, press - or J.  
To move to the beginning of the queue, press S.  
To move to the end of the queue, press E.  
To repeat the most recent entry, press Enter.  
To clear all events, press C.  
3. Press Q and Enter to return to the Main Menu.  
188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Firmware Update (page 190)  
Replace Power Supply (page 196)  
Replace Cooling Unit Fan (page 197)  
Replace Cache Battery (page 202)  
Replace SEP (page 204)  
Replace RAID Controller (page 205)  
This Chapter covers the maintenance procedures for VTrak.  
The power supplies, cooling unit fans and the cache battery are hot-swappable  
field-replaceable components.  
The Storage Enclosure Processor (SEP) and RAID Controller are field-  
replaceable but they require you to power down the VTrak.  
Storage Enclosure  
Processor (SEP)  
RAID Controller  
Power Supply 1 Cooling Unit 1 Cooling Unit 2 Power Supply 2  
with Battery  
Figure 1. Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) on VTrak  
The primary means to identify and diagnose problems on VTrak is to observe and  
interpret LED colors. A discussion of this process is found on the next two pages.  
All hot-swappable components can be fully diagnosed with LEDs, although the  
Command Line Utility (CLU) and WebPAM each offer you additional help to make  
and confirm your diagnosis. See page 223 additional information.  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Firmware Update – WebPAM  
This is the preferred firmware update method for most applications. This  
procedure takes about ten minutes. There are alternative methods based on the  
CLU (page 192) and a serial port connection (page 194).  
Preparation  
In order for the firmware update to work, three things are required:  
•
•
•
TFTP server IP address  
TFTP server directory name  
A firmware image file  
The WebPAM PRO Utility Server incorporates a TFTP server. No additional  
software is required.  
TFTP Server IP Address  
You must tell WebPAM PRO the IP address of the TFTP server so it can upload  
the firmware file from that location.  
1. Click on the Subsystem  
2. Click on the VTrak icon.  
icon in Tree View.  
3. Click on the Network Management  
4. Click on the Settings tab.  
icon.  
5. Enter the TFTP Server IP address.  
6. Click the Submit button when you are done.  
TFTP Server Directory Name  
You must tell WebPAM PRO which directory on the TFTP server has the firmware  
file. Use this function to verify or set a directory name. The default directory is  
TFTP-Root.  
1. Click on the Administration Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click on the Software Management  
3. Click on the TFTP Server tab.  
4. Enter a TFTP directory name.  
5. Click Submit when you are done.  
190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
Firmware Image File  
You must obtain the latest firmware update file from the Promise Techology  
website and save it to the directory on the TFTP server you specified above.  
1. Point your browser to the Promise website (www.promise.com).  
2. Click on the Support menu and select Download.  
3. From the popup menus, select your VTrak model and Firmware.  
4. Click the Go button.  
5. Select the most recent firmware file and click on its link to download it.  
6. In the File Download box, click Save.  
7. Unzip the file and place it in the specified directory on the TFTP server.  
Firmware Update  
Use this function to update the firmware on your VTrak subsystems.  
1. Click on the Administration Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click on the Software Management  
3. Click on the Firmware Update tab.  
4. Select the firmware file in the Select Firmware dropdown menu.  
The files that appear in this menu are saved in the TFTP directory on the  
server running WebPAM PRO.  
5. Check the boxes of the subsystems whose firmware you want to update with  
the selected firmware file.  
6. Click Submit when you are done.  
The firmware for all of the selected VTrak subsystems is automatically  
updated. The firmware update takes about 10 minutes. Each subsystem will  
reboot itself after the update is finished.  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Firmware Update – CLU  
Use this firmware update method over a Telnet connection. This procedure takes  
about 10 minutes.  
See also the preferred method based on WebPAM PRO (page 190) and the  
alternative method that uses a serial port connection (page 194).  
Preparation  
In order for the firmware update to work, two things are required:  
•
•
A TFTP server  
A firmware image file  
TFTP Server  
The WebPAM PRO Utility Server incorporates a TFTP server. If you have  
installed WebPAM PRO on a network server, no additional software is required.  
Firmware Image File  
You must obtain the latest firmware update file from the Promise Techology  
website and save it to the TFTP-Root directory on the TFTP server.  
1. Point your browser to the Promise website (www.promise.com).  
2. Click on the Support menu and select Download.  
3. From the popup menus, select your VTrak model and Firmware.  
4. Click the Go button.  
5. Select the most recent firmware file and click on its link to download it.  
6. In the File Download box, click Save.  
7. Unzip the file and place it in the TFTP-Root directory on the TFTP server.  
Firmware Update  
1. Press 3 and Enter to access the Firmware Update feature.  
Current TFTP Server IP Address: 192.168.10.5  
Modify TFTP Server IP address(y/n)?>n  
Enter the firmware file name on TFTP server>VTrak-01.01.000.54.img  
Current TFTP Server IP Address: 192.168.10.5  
Update firmware for VTrak now(y/n)?>y  
2. Check the current IP address of the TFTP server.  
If it requires a change, press Y and Enter. Then type the new address and  
press Enter.  
192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
3. Type the file name of the firmware image file and press Enter.  
The CLU displays the TFTP server IP address.  
4. Press Y and Enter to proceed with the firmware update.  
TFTP Server: 192.168.10.5, updating started, please wait...  
ImgHeader read: Success  
PTIF: Success  
Please note that the new firmware will take effect  
only after VTrak is rebooted.  
The firmware update takes about 10 minutes. After the firmware update,  
VTrak will automatically reboot.  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Firmware Update – Serial Port  
Use this firmware update method only when your Management Port has no  
network connection or the RS-232 connection is required. This procedure takes  
about 30 minutes and applies to all VTrak models.  
See also the preferred method based on WebPAM PRO (page 190) and an  
alternative method based on the CLU (page 192)..  
Warning  
Do not allow the firmware update process to be interrupted for any  
reason. An interrupted update will incapacitate controller.  
Then you must return the controller to Promise for repair.  
Firmware Image File  
You must obtain the latest firmware update file from the Promise Techology  
website and save it to the Host PC.  
1. Point your browser to the Promise website (www.promise.com).  
2. Click on the Support menu and select Download.  
3. From the popup menus, select your VTrak model and Firmware.  
4. Click the Go button.  
5. Select the most recent firmware file and click on its link to download it.  
6. In the File Download box, click Save.  
7. Unzip the file.  
Firmware Update  
1. Be sure the VTrak and Host PC are running, the null modem cable is  
properly connected and you have the correct COM Port settings. See  
Chapter 2 for these settings.  
2. Start your PC’s terminal emulation program.  
3. Press Enter once to launch the CLU.  
4. Reboot the VTrak. Use either method:  
•
From the Main Menu, press 1 and Enter twice to access the Controller  
Management menu. Then press 5 and Enter to select Reboot. At each  
of two prompts, press Y and Enter to confirm the Reboot.  
•
Turn the VTrak’s power switches off and then on again.  
194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
5. Watch the terminal screen for the following:  
Scrub DDR, waiting  
Platform Init Done.  
+
6. At the +, press the Ctrl and F keys at the same time.  
The prompt changes to >BSP.  
7. At BSP> type load -r -v -b 0x01008000 -m y.  
Double-check your entry. Then press Enter.  
This command readies VTrak to receive a file transfer via Y-modem protocol.  
You have approximately 90 seconds to initiate the file transfer before the  
load operation times out.  
8. Start the file transfer. For example, if you are using HyperTerminal:  
•
•
Go to Transfer > Send File  
Click on the firmware image file to select it.  
Example: VTrak-01.03.000.54.img  
•
•
Select Y-modem protocol  
Click Send  
The file transfer takes about 20 minutes. When complete, the BSP> prompt  
will reappear.  
9. At BSP> type ptiflash -b 0x01008000.  
Double-check your entry. Then press Enter.  
This command validates the firmware upgrade file then writes the binary  
image to VTrak’s flash ROM. These actions take about 8 minutes. When  
complete, the BSP> prompt will reappear.  
10. Type reset and press Enter to restart the VTrak.  
This completes the firmware update operation.  
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Replace Power Supply  
The power supply and its fan are replaced as one unit. There are no individually  
serviceable parts. No tools are required for this procedure.  
To remove the power supply, do the following:  
1. Verify that the power supply LED is amber or red.  
2. Switch off the power.  
3. Unplug the power cord.  
4. Press the release button and pull the handle downward as shown (above,  
left).  
5. Pull the power supply out of the VTrak enclosure (above, center).  
To install the power supply, do the following:  
1. Carefully slide the power supply into the enclosure.  
2. Gently press the handle in and upward until it locks (above, right).  
3. Plug in the power cord.  
4. Switch on the power supply.  
5. Verify that the new power supply LED is green.  
This completes the power supply replacement procedure.  
196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
Replace Cooling Unit Fan  
The blowers (scroll fans) in the cooling units are replaced as individual parts.  
There are two fans in each cooling unit. No tools are required for this procedure.  
Fan 1 LED Fan 2 LED  
Caution  
If the cooling unit you plan to remove contains the cache backup  
battery, your system will be vulnerable to a power failure.  
Temporarily set your cache policy to write-through before starting  
this procedure. See page 166.  
To replace a fan, do the following:  
1. Verify that the Fan LED is amber or red and note whether it is Fan 1 or 2  
(above).  
2. Press the release button and pull the handle downward as shown above.  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
3. Pull the cooling unit out of the VTrak enclosure. An example of a VTrak  
cooling unit appears below.  
To open the cooling unit, do the following:  
Disconnect  
the battery  
(if present)  
Loosen the  
thumbscrew  
4. If there is a battery on the cooling unit, disconnect the battery connector  
(above).  
198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
5. Loosen the thumbscrew (above). A retainer keeps the thumbscrew in place.  
6. Grasp the top and bottom sections of the cooling unit with your hands as  
shown above.  
7. Hold the lower section and pull the upper section to the right.  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
8. Separate the cooling unit section to access the blowers.  
Fan 2  
Fan 1  
The upper fan is Fan 1, the lower fan is Fan 2. From the LEDs on the cooling unit  
(see the diagram on page 197), you know which fan to replace.  
9. Lift the fan off the mounting pins and detach the electrical connector.  
10. Attach the electrical connector of the new fan and set it in place.  
200  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
Be sure you set the fan on the mounting pins, as shown above.  
Be sure the fans point outward, towards the handle (above).  
11. Place the top section of the cooling unit onto the bottom section and slide the  
top lock it in place.  
12. Tighten the thumbscrew.  
13. If there is a battery on the cooling unit, reattach the battery connector.  
14. Carefully slide the cooling unit into the enclosure.  
15. Gently press the handle in and upward until it locks.  
16. Verify that the Fan LEDs are green.  
This completes the fan replacement procedure.  
201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Replace Cache Battery  
The cache battery is located in the Cooling Unit 1 (the left one). The battery is  
replaced as an individual part. No tools are required for this procedure.  
Cautions  
•
•
•
There is a risk of explosion if the battery is replaced by the  
incorrect type.  
Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions that  
accompany the battery.  
While the battery is removed, your system will be vulnerable  
to a power failure. Temporarily set your cache policy to write-  
through before starting this procedure. See page 119  
(WebPAM PRO) or page 166 (CLU).  
Note that the Battery LED on Cooling Unit 2 is always dark.  
To replace a cache battery, do the following:.  
Battery LED  
1. Verify that the battery LED is amber or red (above).  
2. Press the release button and pull the handle downward as shown above.  
202  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
3. Pull the cooling unit out of the VTrak enclosure.  
Detach the  
connector  
Lift the battery out  
of the bracket  
4. Detach the connector and lift the battery out of the bracket (above).  
5. Place a new battery into the bracket and attach the connector.  
6. Carefully slide the cooling unit into the enclosure.  
7. Gently press the handle in and upward until it locks (above).  
8. Verify that the battery LED is green.  
This completes the battery replacement procedure.  
203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Replace SEP  
The Storage Enclosure Processor (SEP) manages the fans, audible alarm and  
battery, and monitors system voltages and cooling functions. No tools are  
required for this procedure.  
Caution  
The SEP is NOT a hot-swappable device. Power-down the VTrak  
before removing it.  
Important  
Do not replace the SEP based on LED colors alone. Only replace  
the SEP when directed to do so by Promise Technical Support.  
See page 245.  
To remove and replace the SEP, do the following:  
1. Power down the VTrak.  
2. Grasp the handle and pull it toward you (above, left).  
3. Holding the handle, pull the SEP out of the enclosure (above, center).  
4. Gently slide the new SEP into the enclosure.  
5. Press on the screen to seat the SEP (above, right). The handle will swing in  
as the SEP is properly seated.  
6. Power up the VTrak.  
This completes the Storage Enclosure Processor replacement procedure.  
204  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6: Maintenance  
Replace RAID Controller  
The RAID Controller monitors and manages the logical drives. When this  
controller is replaced, all of your logical drive data and configurations remain  
intact because this logical drive information is stored on the disk drives.  
Caution  
The RAID Controller is NOT a hot-swappable device. Power-down  
the VTrak before removing it.  
Important  
Do not replace the RAID Controller based on LED colors alone.  
Only replace the RAID Controller when directed to do so by  
Promise Technical Support. See page 245.  
To remove and replace the RAID Controller, do the following:  
1. Power down the VTrak.  
2. Remove the network, SCSI and null modem cables.  
3. Grasp the handle and pull it toward you (above, left).  
4. Grasp the Controller and pull it out of the enclosure (above, center).  
5. Gently slide the new Controller into the enclosure.  
6. Press on the front to seat the Controller (above, right). The handle will swing  
in as the Controller is properly seated.  
7. Attach the network, SCSI and null modem cables.  
8. Power up the VTrak.  
This completes the RAID Controller replacement procedure.  
205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
206  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Introduction to RAID (below)  
Choosing a RAID Level (page 214)  
Choosing Stripe Block Size (page 217)  
Gigabyte Boundary (page 217)  
Initialization (page 217)  
Hot Spare Drive(s) (page 218)  
Partition and Format the Logical Drive (page 218)  
Cache Settings (page 219)  
RAID Level Migration (page 219)  
Introduction to RAID  
RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) allows multiple hard drives to be  
combined together in a disk array. Then all or a portion of the disk array is formed  
into a logical drive. The operating system sees the logical drive as a single  
storage device, and treats it as such. The RAID software and/or controller handle  
all of the individual drives on its own. The benefits of a RAID can include:  
•
•
Higher data transfer rates for increased server performance  
Increased overall storage capacity for a single drive designation (such as, C,  
D, E, etc.)  
•
Data redundancy/fault tolerance for ensuring continuous system operation in  
the event of a hard drive failure  
Different types of disk arrays use different organizational models and have  
varying benefits. Also see Choosing RAID Level on page 214. The following  
outline breaks down the properties for each type of RAID disk array:  
207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
RAID 0 – Striping  
When a disk array is striped, the read and write blocks of data are interleaved  
between the sectors of multiple disk drives. Performance is increased, since the  
workload is balanced between drives or “members” that form the disk array.  
Identical drives are recommended for performance as well as data storage  
efficiency. The disk array's data capacity is equal to the number of drive members  
multiplied by the smallest disk array member's capacity.  
Data  
Stripe  
Disk Drives  
Figure 1. RAID 0 Striping interleaves data across multiple drives  
For example, one 100GB and three 120GB drives will form a 400GB (4 x 100GB)  
disk array instead of 460 GB.  
RAID 0 disk arrays on VTrak consist of one or more disk drives.  
208  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 1 – Mirroring  
When a disk array is mirrored, identical data is written to a pair of disk drives,  
while reads are performed in parallel. The reads are performed using elevator  
seek and load balancing techniques where the workload is distributed in the most  
efficient manner. Whichever drive is not busy and is positioned closer to the data  
will be accessed first.  
With RAID 1, if one disk drive fails or has errors, the other mirrored disk drive  
continues to function. This is called Fault Tolerance. Moreover, if a spare disk  
drive is present, the spare drive will be used as the replacement drive and data  
will begin to be mirrored to it from the remaining good drive.  
Data Mirror  
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Disk Drives  
Figure 2. RAID 1 Mirrors identical data to two drives  
Due to the data redundancy of mirroring, the capacity of the disk array is only the  
size of the smallest disk drive. For example, two 100GB disk drives which have a  
combined capacity of 200GB instead would have 100GB of usable storage when  
set up in a mirrored disk array. Similar to RAID 0 striping, if disk drives of different  
capacities are used, there will also be unused capacity on the larger drive.  
RAID 1 disk arrays on VTrak consist of two disk drives.  
209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
RAID 3 – Block Striping with Dedicated Parity  
RAID level 3 organizes data across the disk drives of the disk array, and stores  
parity information on to a disk drive dedicated to this purpose. This organization  
allows increased performance by accessing multiple disk drives simultaneously  
for each operation, as well as fault tolerance by providing parity data. In the event  
of a disk drive failure, data can be re-calculated by the RAID system based on the  
remaining data and the parity information.  
The adjustable block size of the RAID 3 disk array allows for performance tuning  
based on the typical I/O request sizes for your system. The block size must be  
set at the time the disk array is created and cannot be adjusted dynamically.  
Generally, RAID Level 3 tends to exhibit lower random write performance due to  
the heavy workload going to the dedicated parity drive for parity recalculation for  
each I/O.  
Data Stripes  
Data Drives  
Parity Drive  
Figure 3. RAID 3 Stripes data and adds a dedicated Parity Drive  
The capacity of a RAID 3 disk array is the smallest drive size multiplied by the  
number of disk drives less one. Hence, a RAID 3 disk array with (4) 100 GB disk  
drives will have a capacity of 300GB. A disk array with (2) 120GB disk drives and  
(1) 100GB disk drive will have a capacity of 200GB.  
RAID 3 disk arrays on VTrak consist of 3 to 15 disk drives.  
210  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 5 – Block Striping with Distributed Parity  
RAID 5 is similar to RAID 3 as described above except that the parity data is  
distributed across the disk drives along with the data blocks. In each case, the  
parity data is stored on a different disk than its corresponding data block.  
RAID 5 makes efficient use of hard drives and is the most versatile RAID Level. It  
works well for file, database, application and web servers.  
Distributed Parity  
Data  
Blocks  
Disk Drives  
Figure 4. RAID 5 Stripes all drives with data and parity information  
The capacity of a RAID 5 disk array is the smallest disk drive size multiplied by  
the number of disk drives, less one. Hence, a RAID 5 disk array with four 100 GB  
disk drives will have a capacity of 300 GB. A disk array with two 120 GB disk  
drives and one 100 GB disk drive will have a capacity of 200 GB.  
RAID 5 disk arrays on VTrak consist of 3 to 15 disk drives.  
211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
RAID 10 – Mirroring / Striping  
Mirroring/Striping combines both of the RAID 0 and RAID 1 disk array types. It  
can increase performance by reading and writing data in parallel while protecting  
data with duplication. At least four disk drives are needed for RAID 10 to be  
installed. With a four-disk-drive disk array, one drive pair is mirrored together then  
striped over a second drive pair.  
Data Stripe  
Data  
Mirror  
Disk Drives  
Figure 5. RAID 10 takes a data mirror on one drive pair and stripes it over  
two drive pairs  
The data capacity is similar to a RAID 1 disk array, with half of the total storage  
capacity dedicated for redundancy. An added plus for using RAID 10 is that, in  
many situations, such a disk array offers double fault tolerance. Double fault  
tolerance may allow your disk array to continue to operate depending on which  
two disk drives fail.  
RAID 10 disk arrays on VTrak consist of 4 to 14 disk drives.  
212  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 50 – Striping of Distributed Parity  
RAID 50 combines both RAID 5 and RAID 0 features. Data is striped across  
disks as in RAID 0, and it uses distributed parity as in RAID 5. RAID 50 provides  
data reliability, good overall performance and supports larger volume sizes. RAID  
50 also provides high reliability because data is still available even if two disk  
drives fail (one in each data stripe).  
Distributed Parity  
Data  
Stripe  
Disk Drives  
Figure 6. RAID 50 Striping of Distributed Parity disk arrays  
RAID 50 disk arrays on VTrak consist of 6 to 15 disk drives.  
213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Choosing a RAID Level  
There are several issues to consider when choosing the RAID Level for your  
VTrak disk array. The following discussion summarizes some advantages,  
disadvantages and applications for each choice.  
RAID 0  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Implements a striped disk disk array,  
Not a true RAID because it is not fault-  
the data is broken down into blocks and tolerant  
each block is written to a separate disk  
The failure of just one drive will result in  
all data in an disk array being lost  
drive  
I/O performance is greatly improved by  
spreading the I/O load across many  
channels and drives  
Should not be used in mission critical  
environments  
No parity calculation overhead is  
involved  
Recommended Applications for RAID 0  
•
•
•
Image Editing  
Pre-Press Applications  
Any application requiring high bandwidth  
RAID 1  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Simplest RAID storage subsystem  
design  
Very high disk overhead - uses only  
50% of total capacity  
Can increase read performance by  
processing data requests in parallel  
since the same data resides on two  
different drives  
Recommended Applications for RAID 1  
•
•
•
•
Accounting  
Payroll  
Financial  
Any application requiring very high availability  
214  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 3  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transfer rate  
Parity drive can become bottleneck if a  
lot of data is being written to the disk  
array  
Disk failure has an insignificant impact  
on throughput  
Recommended Applications for RAID 3  
•
•
•
Image Editing  
Prepress Applications  
Any application requiring high throughput  
RAID 5  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transaction rate  
Medium Write data transaction rate  
Good aggregate transfer rate  
Disk failure has a medium impact on  
throughput  
Recommended Applications for RAID 5  
•
•
File and Application servers  
•
•
Intranet servers  
WWW, E-mail, and News servers  
Most versatile RAID level  
RAID 10  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Implemented as a mirrored disk array Very high disk overhead - uses only  
whose segments are RAID 0 disk  
arrays  
50% of total capacity  
High I/O rates are achieved thanks to  
multiple stripe segments  
Recommended Applications for RAID 10  
•
•
•
Imaging applications  
Database servers  
General fileserver  
215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
RAID 50  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transaction rate  
Medium Write data transaction rate  
Good aggregate transfer rate  
High reliability  
Higher disk overhead than RAID 5  
Supports large volume sizes  
Recommended Applications for RAID 50  
•
•
•
File and Application servers  
Transaction processing  
Office application with many users accessing small files  
216  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
Choosing Stripe Block Size  
The stripe block size value can be set to 4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 32KB, and 64KB.  
64 KB is the default. This selection will directly affect performance. There are two  
issues to consider when selecting the stripe block size.  
•
•
Choose a stripe block size equal to or smaller than the smallest cache buffer  
found on any disk drive in your disk array. A larger value slows the disk array  
down because disk drives with smaller cache buffers need more time for  
multiple accesses to fill their buffers.  
If your data retrieval consists of fixed-size data blocks, such as some  
database and video applications, choose that data block size as your stripe  
block size.  
Generally speaking, email, POS and webservers prefer smaller stripe block  
sizes. Video and database applications prefer larger stripe block sizes.  
Gigabyte Boundary  
The Gigabyte Boundary feature is designed for disk arrays in which a drive has  
failed and the user cannot replace the drive with the same capacity or larger.  
Instead, the Gigabyte Boundary feature permits the installation of a replacement  
drive that is slightly smaller (within 1 gigabyte) than the remaining working drive  
(for example, an 80.5GB drive would be rounded down to 80GB). This can be  
helpful in the event that a drive fails and an exact replacement model is no longer  
available. With VTrak, this feature is always enabled.  
Initialization  
Initialization is the process of setting all of the data bits on all of the disk drives to  
zero. This has the effect of erasing any existing data from the drives. This action  
is especially helpful in creating accurate parity in disk arrays with more than four  
drives.  
Initialization applies to RAID 1, 3, 5, 10 and 50. If you create one of these disk  
arrays automatically, the disk array is always initialized. If you create the disk  
array manually, you can choose whether to initialize.  
The initialization process begins immediately after the disk array is created and  
may take some time to finish, depending on the size of the disk drives in your disk  
array. Your disk array is available while initialization is in progress.  
217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Hot Spare Drive(s)  
A hot spare is a disk drive that is connected to the disk array system but is not  
assigned as a member of the disk array. In the event of the failure of a drive  
within a functioning fault tolerant disk array, the hot spare is activated as a  
member of the disk array to replace a drive that has failed.  
VTrak will replace a failing disk drive in a disk array with an unassigned drive, if  
one is available. The unassigned drive is not part of any disk array. Such a drive  
is called a hot spare drive. There are two types:  
•
•
Global – An unassigned disk drive available to any disk array on the VTrak.  
Dedicated – An unassigned disk drive that can only be used by a specified  
disk array.  
The hot spare policy function lets you select whether a disk array will access any  
unassigned disk drive or a designated drive in the event of disk drive failure. See  
page 127 (WebPAM PRO) or page 168 (CLU) for information on how to make  
this setting.  
The spare drive effectively takes the place of the failed drive and the RAID  
system immediately begins to rebuild data onto the drive. When the rebuild is  
complete, the disk array is returned to fault tolerant status.  
Once the failed drive is replaced, the new drive is automatically recognized as a  
hot spare and will be activated in the event of a subsequent drive fault.  
Maintaining a hot spare drive is a good precaution to protect your disk array  
integrity in the event of drive failure.  
Partition and Format the Logical Drive  
Like any other type of fixed disk media in your system, a RAID logical drive must  
also be partitioned and formatted before use. Use the same method of  
partitioning and formatting on an logical drive as you would any other fixed disk.  
Depending on the operating system you use, there may or may not be various  
capacity limitations applicable for the different types of partitions.  
218  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
Cache Settings  
There is a data cache on the VTrak controller and another one on each Physical  
disk drive. A cache holds data in volatile memory during RAID management and  
data transfer activity. The right combination of cache settings for your needs can  
improve VTrak’s efficiency and performance.  
Physical Drive Write Cache – Activates the write cache on the disk drive.  
Write Back Cache – Activates write-back feature of VTrak’s controller cache. A  
write back cache holds data after an I/O operation and tells the controller the data  
has been written. The data is written as soon as the disk drive is no longer busy.  
This action increases availability of the disk array. If the power fails before the  
data is written to the disk drive, the data will be lost.  
VTrak’s controller cache is equipped with a backup battery to power the cache  
and retain uncommitted cache data in it until regular power can be restored.  
Battery condition is reported by WebPAM PRO on page 106 and the CLU on  
page 152.  
The alternative is a write-through cache policy, which reports that the data has  
been written to the disk only when it actually has.  
Where to Make Settings  
In WebPAM PRO, these functions are under:  
•
Click on the Disk Array  
icon, then click on the Settings tab. See page 119  
In the CLU, these functions are under:  
•
•
Drive Write Cache – From the Main Menu, press 2 Enter, 2 Enter. See  
page 155  
VTrak’s Cache Policy – From the Main Menu, press 3 Enter, 4 Enter, 3  
Enter. See page 166  
RAID Level Migration  
To migrate a disk array is to do one or both of the following:  
•
•
Change its RAID level  
Increase the number of disk drives (sometimes called Expansion)  
Migration takes place on an existing Functional disk array without disturbing the  
existing data. While the disk array is migrating, you can access the data as  
before. When migration is complete, your disk array will have a different RAID  
level and/or a larger capacity.  
219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Different types of disk arrays use different organizational models and have  
varying benefits. The following outline breaks down the properties for each type  
of RAID supported by Promise products.  
Increase  
Redundancy  
Add Lose  
From  
To  
Capacity Performance  
RAID 50  
RAID 10  
RAID 3/5  
RAID 0  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RAID 10  
RAID 3/5  
RAID 1  
RAID 50  
RAID 3/5  
RAID 0  
RAID 50  
RAID 10  
RAID 0  
•*  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RAID 50  
RAID 10  
RAID 3/5  
RAID 0  
•
RAID 0  
RAID 50  
RAID 10  
RAID 3/5  
RAID 1  
•
•
•
•
* Increases the existing redundancy  
220  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
.
Important  
•
•
The Target disk array may require more disk drives than the  
Source disk array  
If the Target disk array requires an EVEN number of disk  
drives but the Source disk array has an ODD number, ADD a  
disk drive as part of the migration process  
•
•
•
You cannot reduce the number of disk drives in your disk  
array, even if the Target disk array requires fewer disk drives  
than the Source disk array  
RAID 1 (mirroring) works with two drives only. Only a single-  
drive RAID 0 disk array or a single-drive JBOD can migrate to  
RAID 1. Other RAID Levels use too many drives to migrate  
You cannot migrate a disk array when it is Critical or  
performing activities such as Synchronizing, Rebuilding and  
PDM  
Ranges of Disk Array Expansion  
There are limitations to how large you can expand a disk array, depending on the  
size of your current disk array.  
The current SCSI and Fibre Channel HBA cards and PC Operating Systems  
support a 10-byte LBA format. This means that a disk array can have up to 4  
billion address blocks or sectors.  
Multiply the number of blocks by the sector size to find the capacity of a disk  
array:  
4,000,000,000 blocks x 512 bytes per sector = 2,048,000,000,000 bytes  
of data for a 2TB drive.  
Note that you cannot change the size of the sectors nor can you increase the  
number of address blocks above 4 billiion.  
As a result, there are range limits imposed upon disk array expansion as shown  
in the table above. For example:  
•
•
You can expand a 2.5 TB disk array up to 4 TB  
You can only expand a 1.9 TB disk array up to 2 TB  
See the chart on the next page.  
221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Maximum LD  
Expansion Size  
Current LD Size  
Sector Size  
8 to 16 TB  
4 to 8 TB  
2 to 4 TB  
0 to 2 TB  
16 TB  
8 TB  
4 TB  
2 TB  
4096 bytes  
2048 bytes  
1024 bytes  
512 bytes  
You can direct WebPAM PRO or the CLU to expand a disk array beyond the  
maximum expansion size. However, when expansion is finished, your disk array  
will be the maximum size listed in the table.  
If you require a disk array larger than the maximum expansion size:  
1. Backup the data from the current disk array.  
2. Delete the current disk array.  
3. Create a new disk array with the desired capacity.  
4. Restore the data to the new disk array.  
222  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VTrak is Beeping (below)  
CLU Reports a Problem (below)  
WebPAM PRO Reports a Problem (page 224)  
LEDs Display Amber or Red (page 226)  
Event Notification Response (page 230)  
Critical & Offline Disk Arrays (page 234)  
Enclosure Problems (page 235)  
Connection Problems (page 239)  
This Chapter covers troubleshooting procedures for VTrak.  
VTrak is Beeping  
VTrak’s audible alarm has four sound patterns:  
•
•
•
Beep. Beep. Beep. – Indicates that a disk array is rebuilding  
Beep-beep, beep-beep, beep-beep. – Indicates that a disk array is critical  
Beep-beep-beep. Beep-beep-beep. – Indicates a problem with a field  
replaceable unit (FRU)  
•
10 second continuous beep – Indicates that a disk array is offline  
See “Critical & Offline Disk Arrays” on page 234.  
See “Back of Enclosure” on page 229 for more information on FRUs.  
CLU Reports a Problem  
The CLU can report a variety of problems with the VTrak. In order to see them,  
the CLU must be open. Some conditions are only indicated when you select the  
corresponding function.  
In this example, let us check disk array status.  
1. Open the CLU.  
2. Press 3 and Enter to select Disk Array Management.  
3. Observe the status of your disk arrays.  
ID Name  
RAID SBS CAP  
Member PDs Status  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1 Array1  
2 Array2  
5
1
64K 239GB 1-2,4  
64K 35GB 3,5  
Functional  
Critical  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
In the example above, disk array “Array2” is critical. See “Critical & Offline Disk  
Arrays” on page 234.  
WebPAM PRO Reports a Problem  
WebPAM aids in troubleshooting your logical drives and enclosure by continuous  
monitoring and reporting to the User in the following ways:  
•
•
Displays red circles  
in Tree View (above)  
Sends email messages, per your configuration  
•
Displays popup messages, per your configuration (above)  
•
Keeps a record in the Event Log (above)  
224  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
•
Displays full information on the selected component the Management  
Window (above)  
Click these links to see specific troubleshooting topics:  
•
•
•
“Event Notification Response” on page 230  
“Critical & Offline Disk Arrays” on page 234  
“Frequently Asked Questions” on page 241  
225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
LEDs Display Amber or Red  
Front Panel  
When the power is switched on, the LEDs on the front of the VTrak will light up.  
SCSI-1  
Activity  
SCSI-2  
Activity  
Controller  
Heartbeat  
FRU  
Status  
Disk Array  
Status  
Power  
Figure 4. VTrak 15110 Front Panel LEDs  
When boot-up is finished and the VTrak is functioning normally:  
•
Controller LED blinks green once per second for five seconds, goes dark for  
five seconds, then blinks green once per second for five seconds again.  
•
•
Power, FRU and Disk Array LEDs display green continuously.  
SCSI LEDs flash green if there is activity on that channel.  
See the tableon the next page.  
226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
State  
LEDs  
Steady  
Green  
Flashing  
Green  
Dark  
Amber  
n/a  
Red  
n/a  
Power  
FRU*  
System Off  
Normal  
n/a  
Fan or  
Battery  
Problem  
Fan or  
Battery  
Failed  
System Off  
System Off  
Normal  
n/a  
Logical  
Drive  
Logical  
Drive Critical DriveOffline  
Logical  
Normal  
n/a  
SCSI-1  
SCSI-2  
No  
Connection  
n/a  
n/a  
Activity  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
Controller System Off  
Normal**  
* Field Replacement Unit. “n/a” means this state does not apply to this LED.  
** Five green blinks, one per second; dark 10 seconds; five green blinks.  
See page 189 for more information about field-replaceable components.  
See page 234 for a discussion of critical and offline logical drives.  
227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Drive Status Indicators  
There are two LEDs on each Drive Carrier. They report the presence of power  
and a disk drive, and the current condition of the drive.  
Power/  
Drive Status  
Activity  
Figure 5. VTrak Drive Carrier LEDs.  
Under normal conditions, the Power/Activity and Disk Status LEDs should display  
green.  
State  
LEDs  
Steady  
Green  
Flashing  
Green  
Dark  
Amber  
Red  
Power/  
Activity  
Drive  
Present  
No Drive  
Activity  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
Drive  
Rebuilding  
Drive  
Error  
Status  
No Power  
Drive OK  
“n/a” means this state does not apply to this LED.  
See “Critical & Offline Disk Arrays” on page 234.  
228  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Back of Enclosure  
When the FRU Status LED on VTrak’s front panel shows Amber or Red, check  
the LEDs on the back of VTrak. These LEDs give the status of the field  
replaceable units.  
Storage Enclosure  
Processor (SEP)  
RAID  
Controller  
Controller  
FC  
1
FC  
2
Mgmt  
1
2
IOIOI  
Power  
Supply 2  
Power  
Supply 1  
Cooling  
Unit 2  
Cooling Unit 1  
with Battery  
Power Supply  
LED  
Battery  
LED  
Fan 1  
LED  
Fan 2  
LED  
Figure 6. LEDs on the back of VTrak  
Under normal conditions, the power supply, battery and fan LEDs should display  
green. Note that on the VTrak 15000 series, the left cooling unit houses a cache-  
backup battery but the right unit does not.  
State  
LEDs  
Dark  
Green  
OK  
Amber  
Red  
Power supply  
Battery  
Not detected  
Not detected  
Fan failed  
Failed  
Failed  
OK  
Too hot or  
Low capacity  
Fan 1 or 2  
Not detected  
OK  
Wrong speed  
Failed  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
To check a component’s installation, follow the same procedure as replacing the  
component, except that you reinstall the original component rather than a new  
one. In most cases, this action fixes a bad connection and allows VTrak to detect  
the component. If this action does not correct the problem, replace the unit. See  
page 189 for instructions.  
Event Notification Response  
When you select Event Notification, WebPAM PRO sends popup and/or email  
messages regarding its status. The messages you see depend on your  
notification selection (see page 78) and what is currently happening in the VTrak.  
The chart below gives the suggested action when the corresponding message is  
displayed.  
Event  
Action  
Controller Notification  
Controller Unknown Error Unspecified problem with the Controller.*  
Data Parity Error  
Command Parity Error  
Bus Reset  
SCSI data parity error.*  
SCSI command parity error.*  
The Initiator sent a command to reset the SCSI bus,  
to correct a problem.*  
Unrecoverable Error  
Abort Task  
Restart the Promise Product to clear the problem.*  
A normal event. Result of user action.  
Cleared an auto contingent alliance condition.*  
A normal event. Result of user action.  
SCSI/FC initiator error.*  
Clear ACA  
LUN Reset  
Initiator Error  
Illegal Secondary Identify A target received a second Identify message with a  
different LUN.*  
Message Parity Error  
Bus Reboot  
SCSI/FC message parity error.*  
The VTrak rebooted itself.*  
* An occasional incident of one of these messages  
does not necessarily indicate a problem. However,  
if any of these messages appears repeatedly,  
contact Technical Support.  
Connection Notification  
Connection Made  
Normal result of logging in.  
Connection  
Notification, cont.  
230  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Event  
Action  
Connection Lost  
Normal result of logging out. Also a result of poor  
SCSI/FC cable or network connection.  
Disk Notification  
Disk Down  
Identify the disk drive involved. Power down the  
system, remove and test the drive. Replace the drive  
as needed.  
Disk Plugged In  
A disk drive has been plugged into the enclosure.  
Normal.  
Disk Access Retry  
Watch this disk drive. If problems persist, power down  
the system, remove and test the drive. Replace the  
drive as needed.  
Disk CRC Error  
Identify the disk drive involved. Power down the  
system, remove and test the drive. Replace the drive  
as needed.  
Disk SMART Failed  
Disk ECC Error  
Identify the disk drive involved. Power down the  
system, remove and test the drive. Replace the drive  
as needed.  
Disk Bad Sector  
Disk Reserve Sector Error  
Disk Time Out  
Logical Drive  
Notification  
Create Logical Drive  
Delete Logical Drive  
Logical Drive Critical  
A new logical drive was created. Normal.  
A logical drive was deleted. Normal.  
If hot-spare is enabled, logical drive will rebuild  
automatically with a new disk drive. Identify and  
replace the failed drive.  
Without a hot spare, the logical drive will attempt to  
rebuild the failed drive. If this action repeats, remove  
the drive for test and repair or replacement.  
Logical Drive Offline  
Go to the Promise website and download a document  
called Array Recovery Procedures or contact  
Technical Support.  
Logical Drive Migration  
Started  
Expansion or RAID level change of logical drive  
begun. Normal.  
Logical Drive  
Notification, cont.  
231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Event  
Action  
Logical Drive Migration  
Completed  
Expansion or RAID level change of logical drive  
finished. Normal.  
Logical Drive Migration  
Stopped  
User aborted expansion or RAID level change.  
Normal.  
Logical Drive Rebuild  
Start  
Rebuild begun. This can happen automatically  
depending on Controller settings. Normal.  
Logical Drive Rebuild  
Completed  
Rebuild finished. Normal.  
Logical Drive Rebuild  
Stopped  
User aborted Rebuild. Normal.  
Logical Drive  
Synchronization Start  
Synchronization begun. This can happen  
automatically depending on Controller settings.  
Normal.  
Logical Drive  
Synchronization  
Completed  
Synchronization finished. Normal.  
Logical Drive  
User aborted Synchronization. Normal.  
Synchronization Stopped  
Logical Drive  
Synchronization  
Comparison Error  
Data discrepancy found and corrected. If this  
message appears frequently, contact Technical  
Support.  
Logical Drive  
Data discrepancy found but not corrected. Contact  
Synchronization Internal Technical Support.  
Error  
Logical Drive Full  
Initialization Start  
Full Initialization started. Normal.  
Logical Drive Full  
Full Initialization finished. Normal.  
Initialization Completed  
Logical Drive Full  
Initialization Stopped  
User aborted logical drive Full Initialization. Normal.  
Quick Initialization started. Normal.  
Logical Drive Quick  
Initialization Start  
Logical Drive Quick  
Quick Initialization finished. Normal.  
Initialization Completed  
Logical Drive  
Notification, cont.  
232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Event  
Action  
Logical Drive Quick  
Initialization Stopped  
User aborted Quick Initialization. Normal.  
Logical Drive Percent  
Completed  
Progress in percent of synchronizing or rebuilding a  
logical drive. Normal  
Enclosure Notification  
Enclosure Power Down  
Enclosure Power Up  
Power switched OFF. Turn power ON.  
Power is ON. Normal.  
Enclosure Unknown Error Unspecified problem with the Controller. If this  
message appears frequently, note any malfunctions  
and contact Technical Support.  
Enclosure Over  
Temperature  
Click on Enclosure1 in WebPAM to identify location of  
overheat condition. Verify that there is ample space  
around the enclosure. Check that all fans are running  
and airflow is not obstructed. Correct any problems.  
Enclosure Fan Stop  
Click on Enclosure1 in WebPAM to identify failed fan.  
Replace as needed.  
Enclosure 3.3 Volt Range Go to Controller management > Enclosure  
management > Voltage in CLU.  
Or click on Enclosure1 in WebPAM to check power  
supply status. Replace as needed.  
Enclosure 5 Volt Range  
Enclosure 12 Volt Range  
Battery Temperature Rise Click on Enclosure1 in WebPAM to check for  
overheat condition. Correct any problems.  
Battery Temperature  
Dropped  
Normal.  
Battery Capacity below  
threshold  
Replace Battery.  
Battery Capacity Normal Normal.  
Battery Discharging  
Could be a SEP problem. If this message appears  
repeatedly, contact Technical Support.  
Battery Maintenance  
Mode  
Normal.  
Battery life ended  
Replace Battery.  
233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Critical & Offline Disk Arrays  
A fault-tolerant disk array—RAID 1, 3, 5, 10 and 50—goes critical when a drive is  
removed or fails. Due to the fault tolerance of the disk array, the data is still  
available and online. However, once the disk array goes critical, the disk array  
has lost its fault tolerance, and performance may be adversely affected.  
If the fault was caused by a failed drive that was removed, the drive must be  
replaced by another drive, either identical or larger, in order for the RAID system  
to rebuild and restore optimal configuration.  
If your fault-tolerant disk array goes offline, go to the Promise website  
(www.promise.com) and download a document called Array Recovery  
Procedure.  
A non-fault tolerant disk array—RAID 0—goes offline when a drive is removed or  
fails. Since the disk array is not fault tolerant, the data stored in the disk array is  
no longer accessible.  
If one disk drive fails, all of the data on the disk array is lost. You must replace the  
failed drive. Then, if the disk array had more than one disk drive, delete the disk  
array and re-create it. Restore the data from a backup source.  
When a Disk Drive Fails  
VTrak provides both audible and visual indicators to alert you of a disk drive  
failure. The following will occur when a disk drive fails or goes offline:  
•
•
•
•
The Disk Array LED changes from green to amber  
The Disk Carrier Status LED changes from green to red  
The audible alarm repeatedly sounds two short beeps  
WebPAM PRO and the CLU report the condition  
Rebuild  
Normally, the disk array will begin rebuilding automatically. You can access your  
disk array during this time but read/write performance might be slower than  
normal.  
•
If a hot spare drive is provided and enabled, the controller will activate the  
hot spare and rebuild disk array information and data to it.  
•
If there is no hot spare drive available, the controller will wait until a  
replacement disk drive is installed. The disk array will remain Critical.  
234  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
With a Hot Spare Drive  
After the disk array rebuilds itself using the hot spare:  
1. Replace the failed drive.  
2. Check the automatic rebuild and hot spare policy to be sure your disk  
array(s) recognize(s) the new drive as a hot spare.  
Without a Hot Spare Drive  
If no hot spare drive is available, the VTrak will not rebuild the disk array and it  
will remain Critical.  
When you install a replacement disk drive into the enclosure, the disk array will  
automatically rebuild the information and data on the newly installed disk drive if  
Automatic Rebuild option is enabled.  
To enable Automatic Rebuild and set Hot Spare Policy, see page 119 (WebPAM)  
or page 168 (CLU).  
Important  
If your replacement disk drive was formerly part of a different disk  
array, use the CLU to wipe the reserve sector on the replacement  
disk drive. See page 156.  
Enclosure Problems  
WebPAM displays red circles  
attention.  
in Tree View to identify components that need  
235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
When a red circle appears over a Host in Tree View, click on the Enclosure  
icon. The Enclosure screen will display (below).  
In this example, a power supply fan has stopped turning, indicating a failure. The  
Enclosure Diagram displays color and motion changes to identify a failed fan. In  
this case, you must replace the power supply.  
236  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Overheating  
Overheating is a potentially serious condition  
because the excessively high temperatures can lead  
to disk drive failure and controller malfunction.  
Overheating usually results from:  
•
•
Fan failure  
Poor air circulation around the enclosure  
WebPAM reports failed fans along with elevated  
temperature. On VTrak, there are two kinds of fans:  
•
•
Power supply, 1 fan each, 2 fans total  
Cooling units, 2 fans each, 4 fans total  
If a power supply fan fails, you must replace the  
power supply. If a cooling unit fan fails, you can  
remove the cooling unit and replace only the fan  
itself.  
No tools are required for either procedure. See  
page 197 for instructions on replacing the fans.  
Air circulation around the VTrak enclosure may be a  
more complex problem. Use the thermometer icons  
to help you locate the specific hot spot. Check for  
these conditions:  
•
•
Accumulated dust or objects blocking the fans  
Less than a minimum of 5 inches (13 cm) space  
between the back of the VTrak and the wall or  
other object  
•
Ambient temperature above 95°F (35°C) where  
the VTrak is operating  
To cool down a VTrak, do the following:  
•
•
Correct any problems identified above  
Power it down and let it sit for an hour or longer  
237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Power Supplies  
VTraks are equipped with redundant power supplies. The  
advantage of dual power supplies is that, should one fail, the  
other will continue powering the subsystem until the faulty one  
can be replaced. VTrak is capable of operating on a single power  
supply. As a result, if one power supply fails you must watch the  
front panel LEDs or WebPAM in order to become aware of the  
condition.  
The power supplies are hot-swappable, meaning you can leave  
the VTrak running when you replace the bad one. Be careful,  
however, to remove the faulty power supply and not the good  
one, or VTrak will come to an immediate stop and your data will  
be unavailable until the system is powered and booted again.  
As noted above, if a power supply fan fails, you must replace the  
power supply. Without the fan to cool it, the power supply will  
overheat and eventually fail anyway.  
No tools are required for the procedure. See your page 196 for  
instructions on replacing a power supply.  
Battery  
VTrak uses a battery as backup power for the cache. Should a  
power failure occur, the battery enables the cache to hold data up  
to 72 hours. The battery recharges during normal VTrak  
operation.  
In most cases, installing a replacement battery will correct a  
marginal or failed condition. The battery is located on the left  
cooling unit. Remove the cooling unit for access. The battery is  
hot-swappable.  
No tools are required for the procedure. See page 202 for  
instructions on replacing the battery.  
238  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Connection Problems  
When you install your Promise product following the instructions in the Quick  
Start Guide and User Manual, you should have little trouble getting your  
equipment to work the first time. But connection problems can arise that are not  
the User's or Installer's fault. Every conceivable problem cannot be covered in  
the documentation but some guidelines could be helpful.  
Connection problems cause a majority of failures in almost any electrical system.  
While the installation of the cables and components was correct, they don't  
function properly, or at all, because:  
•
•
•
•
A connector is dirty or corroded  
A connector is loose or damaged  
A cable looks OK outside but has an open circuit inside  
The wrong cable was used  
VTraks ship with a full set of new cables and terminators, as required for each  
specific model. Be sure to use these components because: 1.) They are the  
proper ones for your RAID subsystem, 2.) They are in brand-new condition, and  
3.) You paid for them with the purchase of your VTrak.  
SCSI Connections  
VTrak 15110 uses a network connection to pass command and management  
information. Data is transmitted via the SCSI bus.  
SCSI connections are both physical (outside) and electrical (inside). You can see  
a physical connection, you can clean it or try a different cable on it. Electrical  
connections are made by firmware and software, such as when you set the SCSI  
IDs or addresses. SCSI chains are completely intolerant of ID conflicts. If you  
have a conflict, the devices on your SCSI chain will not work correctly until it is  
resolved. Check your VTrak Quick Start Guide (printed) or VTrak User Manual  
(on the software CD) plus the Console LUN Settings, Target ID Settings,  
Statistics and SCSI Information topics.  
The VTrak RAID subsystem is sensitive to the presence of other devices on the  
SCSI chain. Do not connect other devices to the SCSI chain with a VTrak, except  
for an other VTrak.  
Serial Connections  
VTrak uses a serial connection for a command line utility (CLU). Normally, users  
prefer WebPAM because of its graphic user interface. But the CLU can do the  
same jobs. And it will work when your network connection is down.  
239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
For VTrak, you must use the CLU to set the Management Port IP address in  
order for WebPAM to connect with it. This issue is discussed further under  
Network Connections (below). See the VTrak Quick Start Guide or Chapter 2 of  
the User Manual for more information on setup and connections.  
The CLU controls and manages but it does not move data. It communicates  
through a null-modem cable, supplied with the VTrak. A straight-through serial  
cable will not work for this purpose. You probably will not use the CLU often and  
want to disconnect and store the cable. Consider leaving it connected, to be sure  
it will be there when you need it.  
Network Connections  
VTrak has an RJ-45 Management Port connector on the back of its cabinet. This  
is a Gigabit Ethernet connector designed to connect to your network. The VTrak  
becomes a node on your network like any other PC, server or other component  
with an IP address. VTrak ships from the factory an IP address of 10.0.0.2. You  
must change this address to one that will work with your network. You make the  
initial IP address setting using the CLU, as mentioned above. You can make  
subsequent IP address changes using WebPAM.  
Connectivity LED  
Activity LED  
Note that VTrak Management Port can accept IP address assignments from a  
DHCP server. Use VTrak's Command Line Utility (CLU) to enable this feature. If  
you have not activated DHCP support but there is a DHCP server on your  
network, there is a chance that it will inadvertently assign the VTrak's  
Management Port IP address to another node. You might see a warning to this  
effect on your PC's monitor. If this happens, WebPAM may not be able to  
connect. See your network administrator to work out a suitable arrangement.  
240  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 9: Support  
•
•
•
•
Frequently Asked Questions (below)  
How to contact Technical Support (page 245)  
Limited Warranty (page 248)  
Returning product for repair (page 249)  
Frequently Asked Questions  
What kind of disk drives can I use with VTrak?  
VTrak was designed to use Serial ATA disk drives. You can also use Ultra  
ATA 133/100/66 disk drives with the optional PATA-to-SATA Adapter  
available from Promise Technology.  
Can I take the disk drives from my UltraTrak, put them into the VTrak and  
keep my logical drive (array) intact?  
Yes. VTrak uses the same logical drive format as UltraTrak. Contact Promise  
Technology to purchase PATA-to-SATA Adapter for your existing PATA  
drives.  
Can I use my existing SCSI card with VTrak?  
If the SCSI card has at least a 160 MB/s data transfer rate, supports LUNs  
and has a 68-pin VHDCI external connection, you can use it with VTrak.  
If your SCSI card has a 68-pin HD external connector, you can purchase an  
optional 68-pin HDCI to 68-pin VHDCI SCSI cable from Promise Technology.  
Will I get maximum performance using my current 80 MB/s SCSI card? Do I  
have to buy a 160 MB/s SCSI card?  
The VTrak has a measured peak sustained throughput of more than 100 MB/  
s per channel. Using a 80 MB/s SCSI card will result in a performance  
bottleneck under certain conditions. You must estimate how frequently those  
conditions happen and how serious they are. Then you can decide whether  
to upgrade to the faster SCSI card.  
How many VTrak subsystems can I connect to one SCSI chain?  
You can connect up to eight (8) VTraks on a single SCSI chain.  
Can I connect two SCSI cards to the same VTrak?  
Yes. VTrak has two SCSI channels, which allows you to connect it to two  
SCSI cards, whether those cards are in the same PC or two different PCs.  
For more information, see page 16.  
241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Can I connect my VTrak on the same SCSI chain with other devices?  
No. Do not connect other devices to the SCSI chain with a VTrak. If you want  
to monitor your VTrak and run other SCSI devices from the same PC, add  
another SCSI card to the PC.  
Can I connect my VTrak on the same SCSI chain as my Promise UltraTrak?  
No. Do not connect other Promise products to the SCSI chain with a VTrak.  
If you want to monitor your VTrak and UltraTrak from the same PC, add  
another SCSI card to the PC.  
How can I tell when the VTrak has fully booted?  
When the VTrak is fully booted up, the Power, FRU and Disk Array LEDs will  
light up green. The Controller LED blinks five times, once per second; goes  
dark for five seconds; then blinks five times again.  
How do I learn more about configuring and using my VTrak?  
Read this VTrak 15110 User Manual. It contains detailed information  
regarding configuration, troubleshooting and maintenance of your VTrak.  
Why does VTrak come with a Command Line Utility?  
First, to assign your VTrak a Management Port IP address in order for the  
WebPAM PRO management software to connect to it. Second, in the event  
of a network failure, you can still access the VTrak.  
The serial cable is connected, VTrak is running and I used the specified  
settings but the serial connection does not work. What should I do now?  
Access your PC BIOS settings and enable the serial port.  
I tried to log into WebPAM PRO but my browser showed the message  
“cannot be displayed.” What is the problem?  
The browser decided prematurely that WebPAM was not responding. Click  
the Refresh button. This action usually brings up the login screen.  
I created a Subystem on WebPAM PRO but when I click on it, nothing  
happens. What is the problem?  
There is a broken network connection between your PC and the VTrak, or  
the VTrak is powered off. Locate and fix the connection or power on the  
VTrak, as required.  
Can WebPAM PRO connect through VTrak’s Serial (RS-232) port?  
No. The VTrak Serial port is only for a HyperTerminal connection.  
242  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 9: Support  
I can access the VTrak over my company’s intranet. But I can’t access it  
from an outside Internet connection. How do I make the Internet connection  
work?  
This condition is not related to VTrak, but is due to your firewall and network  
connection protocol. Contact your MIS Administrator.  
With other Promise products, such as UltraTrak, I used the Host PC’s IP  
address in WebPAM PRO to connect with the RAID subsystem. Why is  
VTrak different?  
UltraTrak uses In-Band SCSI technology to connect with the Host PC. VTrak  
connects to the Host PC through a network connection. Therefore, it requires  
its own IP address. VTrak’s iSCSI connection is used only to move data.  
Why can a RAID 1 disk array on VTrak consist of only two disk drives?  
On VTrak, RAID 1 disk arrays work in matched pairs. But you are not limited  
to just one RAID 1 disk array. VTrak supports up to 7 RAID 1 disk arrays,  
using up to 14 disk drives. Or you can create a single RAID 10 disk array  
with data mirroring and up to 14 physical drives.  
See page 207 for more information on the number of disk drives you can use  
for each RAID level.  
Are disk arrays on VTrak limited to 2.199 terabytes?  
No. The 2.199 TB disk array size limit does not apply to VTrak. Check  
whether your operating system supports disk arrays over 2.199 TB.  
If disk arrays can exceed 2.199 TB on VTrak, why can’t I expand my disk  
array beyond 2.199 TB?  
The problem is a limitation of the Operating System and the number and size  
of LBA sectors it can manage. See page 221 for more information and your  
options for disk array expansion.  
The CLU, WebPAM PRO and VTrak documentation use the term “logical  
drive” or “disk array” where earlier Promise products use the term “array.”  
Why did this change happen?  
A disk array is an organized collection of physical disk drives. Logical drives  
are made from disk arrays. A logical drive is the entity that your operating  
system recognizes as a single volume (as if it were a single disk drive).  
Promise separated the disk array and logical drive functions in order to  
provide more RAID management options.  
I have two UltraTraks and use WebPAM to monitor them. Can I use my  
existing WebPAM setup to monitor the VTraks also?  
No. Install WebPAM PRO from the VTrak Software CD.  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
The VTrak has no LCD panel. How can I set it up and create disk arrays?  
There are two ways to set up VTrak and create disk arrays, using WebPAM  
PRO, on page 111 or the Command Line Utility, on page 161.  
Why do the Rebuild, Synchronize, Expand and Migrate operations take so  
long compared to moving data?  
When data is moved, the operation consists of reading, writing and checking  
one or more files. Rebuild, Synchronize, Expand and Migrate involve  
reading, writing and checking all the logical block addresses or individual  
data blocks on each disk drive. Plus, your disk array remains available while  
these operations take place. These added requirements increase complexity  
and take more time.  
How can I be sure everything is working OK on the VTrak?  
VTrak has several LEDs on the front to monitor the status of power, field  
replaceable units (FRUs) and disk arrays. When these are green, VTrak is  
functioning normally.  
What happens if a disk array goes critical?  
On the front of VTrak, the disk array LED turns amber and an audible alarm  
sounds. This condition is described in Chapter 4 of the VTrak User Manual  
on the Software CD.  
Can VTrak run using just one power supply?  
Yes, it is possible to run VTrak on a single power supply. There are two  
power supplies so that VTrak will continue running if one of the power supply  
fails. But deliberately leaving one power supply off negates this advantage.  
Always switch on both power supplies.  
244  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 9: Support  
Contacting Technical Support  
Promise Technical Support provides several support options for Promise users to  
access information and updates. We encourage you to use one of our electronic  
services, which provide product information updates for the most efficient service  
and support.  
If you decide to contact us, please have the following information available:  
•
•
•
•
Product model and serial number  
BIOS and driver version numbers  
A description of the problem / situation  
System configuration information, including: motherboard and CPU type,  
hard drive model(s), SATA/ATA/ATAPI drives & devices, and other  
controllers.  
Technical Support Services  
Promise Online™ Web Site  
http://www.promise.com  
(technical documents, drivers, utilities, etc.)  
North & South America  
E-mail Support  
[email protected]  
Fax Technical Support  
(408) 228-1097  
Attention: Technical Support  
Phone Technical Support  
(408) 228-1400 option 4  
7:30-5:30pm M-F Pacific Standard Time  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology, Inc.  
Attn: Technical Support  
580 Cottonwood Drive  
Milpitas, CA 95035, USA  
245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Europe, Africa, Middle East  
E-mail Support  
[email protected]  
Fax Technical Support  
+31 (0) 40 256 9463  
Attention: Technical Support  
Phone Technical Support  
+31 (0) 40 235 2600  
8:30-5:00pm The Netherlands Time  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology Europe B.V.  
Attn: Technical Support  
Luchthavenweg 81-125  
5657 EA Eindhoven, The Netherlands  
E-mail Support  
[email protected]  
Fax Technical Support  
+49 (0) 2 31 56 76 48 - 29  
Attention: Technical Support  
Phone Technical Support  
+49 (0) 2 31 56 76 48 - 0  
8:30-5:00pm Germany Time  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology Germany  
Attn: Technical Support  
Europaplatz 9  
Dortmund, Germany  
Pacific Rim  
E-mail Support  
[email protected]  
Fax Technical Support  
+886 3 564 53 13  
Attention: Technical Support  
Phone Technical Support  
+886 3 578 23 95 (ext. 8873)  
9:00-5:30pm Taiwan Time  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology, Inc.  
Attn: Technical Support  
2F, No. 30, Industry E. Rd. IX  
Science-based Industrial Park  
Hsinchu, Taiwan, R.O.C.  
246  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 9: Support  
China  
E-mail Support  
[email protected]  
Fax Technical Support  
+86-10-8857-8015  
Attention: Technical Support  
Phone Technical Support  
+86-10-8857-8085/8095  
9:00-6:00pm China Time  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology China  
Attn: Technical Support  
Room 1205, Tower 3  
Webok Time Center, No.17  
South Zhong Guan Cun Street  
Hai Dian District, Beijing 100081, P.R. China  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Limited Warranty  
Promise Technology, Inc. (“Promise”) warrants that for three (3) years from the  
time of the delivery of the product to the original end user:  
a) the product will conform to Promise’s specifications;  
b) the product will be free from defects in material and workmanship under  
normal use and service.  
This warranty:  
a) applies only to products which are new and in cartons on the date of  
purchase;  
b) is not transferable;  
c) is valid only when accompanied by a copy of the original purchase  
invoice.  
d) Is not valid on spare parts, fans, and power supplies  
This warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from:  
a) improper or inadequate maintenance, or unauthorized modification(s),  
performed by the end user;  
b) operation outside the environmental specifications for the product;  
c) accident, misuse, negligence, misapplication, abuse, natural or  
personal disaster, or maintenance by anyone other than a Promise or a  
Promise-authorized service center.  
Disclaimer of other warranties  
This warranty covers only parts and labor, and excludes coverage on software  
items as expressly set above.  
Except as expressly set forth above, Promise DISCLAIMS any warranties,  
expressed or implied, by statute or otherwise, regarding the product, including,  
without limitation, any warranties for fitness for any purpose, quality,  
merchantability, non-infringement, or otherwise. Promise makes no warranty or  
representation concerning the suitability of any product for use with any other  
item. You assume full responsibility for selecting products and for ensuring that  
the products selected are compatible and appropriate for use with other goods  
with which they will be used.  
Promise DOES NOT WARRANT that any product is free from errors or that it will  
interface without problems with your computer system. It is your responsibility to  
back up or otherwise save important data before installing any product and  
continue to back up your important data regularly.  
248  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 9: Support  
No other document, statement or representation may be relied on to vary the  
terms of this limited warranty.  
Promise’s sole responsibility with respect to any product is to do one of the  
following:  
a) replace the product with a conforming unit of the same or superior  
product;  
b) repair the product.  
Promise shall not be liable for the cost of procuring substitute goods, services,  
lost profits, unrealized savings, equipment damage, costs of recovering,  
reprogramming, or reproducing of programs or data stored in or used with the  
products, or for any other general, special, consequential, indirect, incidental, or  
punitive damages, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, notwithstanding the  
failure of the essential purpose of the foregoing remedy and regardless of  
whether Promise has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Promise  
is not an insurer. If you desire insurance against such damage, you must obtain  
insurance from another party.  
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential  
damages for consumer products, so the above limitation may not apply to you.  
This warranty gives specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that  
vary from state to state. This limited warranty is governed by the State of  
California.  
Your Responsibilities  
You are responsible for determining whether the product is appropriate for your  
use and will interface with your equipment without malfunction or damage. You  
are also responsible for backing up your data before installing any product and  
for regularly backing up your data after installing the product. Promise is not liable  
for any damage to equipment or data loss resulting from the use of any product.  
Returning Product For Repair  
If you suspect a product is not working properly, or if you have any questions  
about your product, contact our Technical Support Staff through one of our  
Technical Services, making sure to provide the following information:  
•
•
•
•
•
Product model and serial number (required)  
Return shipping address  
Daytime phone number  
Description of the problem  
Copy of the original purchase invoice  
249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
The technician will assist you in determining whether the product requires repair.  
If the product needs repair, the Technical Support Department will issue an RMA  
(Return Merchandise Authorization) number.  
Return ONLY the specific product covered by the warranty (do not ship cables,  
manuals, diskettes, etc.), with a copy of your proof of purchase to:  
USA and Canada:  
Promise Technology, Inc.  
Customer Service Dept.  
Attn.: RMA # ______  
1745 McCandless Drive  
Milpitas, CA 95035  
Other Countries:  
Return the product to your dealer  
or retailer.  
Contact them for instructions  
before shipping the product.  
You must follow the packaging guidelines for returning products:  
•
•
•
•
Use the original shipping carton and packaging  
Include a summary of the product’s problem(s)  
Write an attention line on the box with the RMA number  
Include a copy of proof of purchase  
You are responsible for the cost of insurance and shipment of the product to  
Promise. Note that damage incurred due to improper transport or packaging is  
not covered under the Limited Warranty.  
When repairing returned product(s), Promise may replace defective parts with  
new or reconditioned parts, or replace the entire unit with a new or reconditioned  
unit. In the event of a replacement, the replacement unit will be under warranty  
for the remainder of the original warranty term from purchase date, or 30 days,  
whichever is longer.  
Promise will pay for standard return shipping charges only. You will be required to  
pay for any additional shipping options (such as express shipping).  
250  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix A: Serial Connector Pinout  
Below is the pinout diagram for the DB-9 serial connector on all VTraks.  
The diagrams represent the connector as you see it looking at the back of the  
VTrak.  
Pin  
Signal  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
—
RXD  
TXD  
—
1 2 3 4 5  
GND  
—
—
6 7 8 9  
—
—
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
252  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Physical Drive Management  
154  
A
About This Manual 1  
Architectural Description of VTrak 3  
Audible alarm 67, 136, 223  
priority settings 167  
Problem reporting 223  
reports problem 223  
SCSI management 180  
SCSI target ID 180  
Temperature 152  
Voltage 152  
B
Beeper 67  
Boot Sector, wipe 156  
Buzzer 136  
Connection  
Management port 22  
Power 23  
C
Cache settings 219  
Certifications 6  
SCSI 18, 19, 20, 21  
Telnet 29  
Choose  
Connection problems and solutions  
239  
Controller LED 24, 65, 133, 226  
cache setting 219  
CIMOM Agent 34  
CLU  
Auto Rebuild Option 169  
Battery 152  
D
Dimensions 6  
Blink LED 157  
Disk array  
Buzzer 151  
connection 57  
auto creation 161  
create manually 162  
Critical status 234  
delete 164  
Controller Management 148  
Diagnostics, disk drive 157  
disk array auto creation 161  
Disk Array Management 160  
disk array, create automatically  
58  
Migrate 183  
Properties 164  
Status LED 65, 133, 226  
Disk Array Management 160  
Disk drive  
disk array, create manually 59  
Enclosure Management 151  
Event viewer 188  
exit 64, 139  
carrier 11  
failure and recovery 234  
install 9  
Fan Speed 151  
LEDs 24  
firmware update 190  
I/O Statistics, disk drives 158  
Network Management 173  
PDM auto start 169  
move from UltraTrak 241  
numbering 14  
PATA, set jumpers 10  
PATA-to-SATA Adapter 241  
rebuild 234  
253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Status LED 25  
usable in VTrak 241  
View parameters 155  
Write cache 155  
L
LEDs  
back of enclosure 229  
disk status 67  
Drive carrier 228  
Disk Status LED 25  
drive carrier 24, 66, 134  
field replaceable units 189  
front panel 24, 65, 226  
power/activity 67  
E
Email Alert Notification, set up 86  
Enclosure  
Log into WebPAM PRO 68  
Log out of WebPAM PRO 56, 70  
Logical drive  
Problem reporting 235  
Environmental 6  
Event Log 74  
Cache policy 166  
cache settings 219  
create 54  
Hot Spare drive 218  
initialization 217  
LUN setting 172  
Maintenance Activity monitor  
183  
Media Patrol 187  
Events and meanings 79  
F
Firmware Update 190  
Firmware update  
Serial port 194  
Frequently Asked Questions 241  
FRU LED 24, 65, 133, 226  
Operations under 182  
partition and format 218  
PDM 185  
G
Gigabyte Boundary 217  
Rebuild manually 184  
Redundancy Check 186  
Retry count 167  
H
Hot Spare drive 235  
SMART 167  
Hot Spare policy 168  
Status LED 24  
synchronize 186  
I
Logical drive vs. Array 243  
Initialization, choices 217  
Internet Browser 35  
Internet connection 243  
IP Address  
M
Macintosh  
Serial connection 23  
Telnet connection 29  
Management port connection 22  
Management port IP address 26  
Management port settings 173  
Management port 173  
J
JBOD 217  
JRE/JDK and WebPAM PRO 35  
254  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Replace  
N
cache battery 202  
fans 197  
RAID controller 205  
SEP 204  
Network connections, problems  
240  
O
Reserve Sector, wipe 156  
RS-232 connector, pinout 251  
RS-232 Serial Connection 22  
Operating Systems, supported 6  
OS support for WebPAM PRO 33  
Overview 2  
Overview of VTrak 2  
S
SATA disk drive, install 12  
screws, counter-sink 11  
SCSI  
P
Password, change 85  
PATA disk drive  
Activity LEDs 24, 65, 133, 226  
cables 16  
Channel TID 180  
Connection problems 239  
daisy chain 20  
install 13  
set jumpers 10  
PATA-to-SATA Adapter 13  
Ping test, Management port 178  
popup messages, meaning 230  
Power connection 23  
Power LED 24, 65, 133, 226  
Power requirements 6  
Power supply, replace 196  
Power/Activity LED 25  
existing HBA card 241  
HBA card, dual channel 15  
HBA card, specifications 15  
HBA cards, two 18, 21, 241  
in-band 181  
management 180  
multiple VTraks on chain 241  
other devices on chain 242  
Target ID 20  
R
Rackmount 8  
RAID  
terminator 17  
Console LUN 181  
Level, choices 214  
Migration 219  
RAID 0 208, 214  
RAID 1 209, 214  
RAID 10 212, 215  
RAID 1E 215  
VTrak, PC, HBA card 18, 19,  
20, 21  
Serial connection problems 239  
SNMP settings 176  
Specifications 5  
Status Indicators 65, 133  
Stripe Block Size, choices 217  
Subsystem Management 148  
RAID 3 210, 215  
RAID 5 211, 215  
RAID 50 213, 216  
RAID, introduction to 207  
Redundant Array of Independent  
Disks 207  
T
Target ID, assign 180  
Technical Support 245  
255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VTrak 15110 User Manual  
Telnet  
W
Warning  
Enable 29  
Make connection 30  
Telnet settings 174  
Terminal Emulation 25  
Terminator, SCSI 17  
TFTP Server settings 176  
Troubleshooting 223  
Electro-Static Discharge 7  
Power supplies 23  
Warranty 248  
WebPAM PRO  
change password 85  
create logical drive 54  
delete user 83  
event log 74  
install 33  
U
Unpack VTrak 7  
Internet connection 56  
login 43, 68  
User  
Add 77  
logout 56, 70  
delete 83  
Rights 83  
Utility Server 33  
Problem reporting 224  
Regular Connection 43, 68  
Secure Connection 44, 68  
Security Option 38  
V
VTrak  
setup email alert notification 86  
user rights 83  
beeping 223  
Maintenance procedures 189  
returning for repair 249  
subsystems on SCSI chain  
241  
username and password 44  
WebPAM PRO and JRE/JDK 35  
WebPAM vs. WebPAM PRO 243  
unpack 7  
VTrak Setup  
CLU 57  
WebPAM PRO 43  
256  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Peavey Musical Instrument Amplifier KB 100 User Manual
Pelco Paint Sprayer EH2200 User Manual
Philips Cassette Player AQ6681 00 User Manual
Philips MP3 Player 10FF2CMW User Manual
Philips Stereo Amplifier CR6927 User Manual
Pioneer Car Stereo System 08118 65707 User Manual
Pioneer Home Theater System S GX3V User Manual
plawa feinwerktechnik GmbH CoKG Camcorder aias 13 User Manual
Polar GPS Receiver RC3 User Manual
Pride Mobility Mobility Aid INFMANU3769 User Manual